Документ взят из кэша поисковой машины. Адрес
оригинального документа
: http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/System/CompleteDocumentation
Дата изменения: Unknown Дата индексирования: Sun Apr 10 00:17:52 2016 Кодировка: koi8-r Поисковые слова: http wiki.cmc.msu.ru system patternskincustomization rev 2 |
This page contains all documentation topics as one long, complete reference sheet.
Low client and server base requirements are core features that keep Foswiki widely deployable, particularly across a range of browser platforms and versions. Many extensions exist which enhance and expand Foswiki's capabilities; they may have additional requirements.
Resource | Required Server Environment |
---|---|
Perl | 5.8.8 or higher |
RCS (Revision Control System) | 5.7 or higher (including GNU diff ) Optional. Foswiki includes a pure Perl implementation of RCS (RcsLite) that can be used instead, at the cost of performance |
GNU diff | GNU diff 2.7 or higher is required when not using the all-Perl RcsLite. Install within the PATH if not included with RCS (check version with diff -v ) Must be the version used by RCS, to avoid problems with binary attachments - RCS may have hard-coded path to diff |
Other external programs | fgrep, egrep |
Cron/scheduler | • Unix: cron • Windows: cron equivalents |
Web server | Apache is well supported; for information on other servers, see Foswiki:Support.InstallingOnSpecificPlatforms. |
lib/DEPENDENCIES
.
The following CPAN modules are not shipped with Foswiki. Note that Foswiki extensions may add additional requirements. Modules marked as Required may still be optional if certain default core features are not used.
Module | Required/Optional | Description |
---|---|---|
CPAN:HTML::Entities | Required | Used for WYSIWYG Editing |
CPAN:HTML::Parser | Required | Used for WYSIWYG Editing |
CPAN:HTML::Tree | Required | Used by CompareRevisionsAddOn. |
CPAN:URI | Required | Used by MailerContrib for email notifications of topic changes. |
CPAN:LWP | Required | Used by the Configure Extensions Installer, and for external URL based INCLUDEs |
CPAN:version | Required | version >= 0.77 required for module version checks |
CPAN:Digest::SHA | Optional | Required to use SHA1 password encoding, since Perl 5.9.3 part of core |
CPAN:Digest::SHA1 | Optional | Required by the Foswiki PageCaching feature |
CPAN:Win32::Console | Optional | May be required for Internationalization on Windows |
CPAN:Archive::Tar | Optional | Required by the Extensions Installer in configure if command line tar or unzip is not available, since Perl 5.9.3 part of core. |
CPAN:Archive::Zip | Optional | Alternative to Archive::Tar, used by the Extensions Installer if Archive::Tar and command line tar and unzip also unavailable |
CPAN:Net::SMTP::SSL | Optional | Required by Net::SMPT to send email over SSL to providers such as gmail. |
CPAN:Authen::SASL | Optional | Required by Net::SMTP if email server requires authentication. |
configure
script, or if you're still trying to get to that point, check from the command line like this:
perl -e 'use FileHandle; print $FileHandle::VERSION."\n"'For more detailed dependency information, try the script
dependencies_installer.pl
located in the tools
directory, which makes perl module installation easier. Run it with option -h
to understand basics. This script requires confirmation before it actually does something.
apt-get install apache2 rcs
Perl Module | Package to install | Notes |
---|---|---|
HTML::Parser | libhtml-parser-perl |
|
HTML::Entities | included with HTML::Parser | |
HTML::Tree | libhtml-tree-perl |
|
LWP | libwww-perl |
|
version | libversion-perl |
Must be version 0.77 or newer |
Digest::SHA | libdigest-sha-perl |
|
Digest::SHA1 | libdigest-sha1-perl |
|
URI | liburi-perl |
|
Net::SMTP::SSL | libnet-smtp-ssl |
|
Authen::SASL | libauthen-sasl |
note, broken on Ubuntu 11.10 x64. Install using CPAN! |
chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/foswiki
Install apache2, rcs, and perl-CPAN
Perl Module | Package to install | Notes |
---|---|---|
HTML::Parser | perl-HTML-Parser |
|
HTML::Entities | included with HTML::Parser | |
HTML::Tree | perl-HTML-Tree |
|
LWP | perl-libwww-perl |
|
version | Must be version 0.77 or newer | |
Digest::SHA | perl-Digest-SHA |
|
Digest::SHA1 | perl-Digest-SHA1 |
|
URI | perl-URI |
|
Net::SMTP::SSL | perl-Net-SMPT-SSL |
|
Authen::SASL | perl-Authen-SASL |
chown -R wwwrun:www /path/to/foswiki
Change{ValidationMethod}{Method}
fromstrikeone
toembedded
in configure to allow non-javascript browsers to edit/save/upload
CSS and Javascript are used in most skins. Some skins will require more recent releases of browsers. The default skin is tested on IE 6+, Safari, Chrome and Firefox.
You can easily select a balance of browser capability versus look and feel. Try the installed skins at SkinBrowser and more at Foswiki:Extensions.SkinPackage. Back to topINSTALL.html
Installation Guide Part 2 continues with steps for tailoring and enhancing your site.
These installation instructions are also available online at Foswiki:System.InstallationGuide, and are available within your Foswiki installation at System.InstallationGuide
(the InstallationGuide topic in the System web).
For information on upgrades, please also refer to Foswiki:System.UpgradeGuide. A static HTML version of this document, UpgradeGuide.html
, is included in the root of your Foswiki distribution.
UpgradeGuide.html
, is included in the root of your Foswiki distribution.
Verify that your server meets the Foswiki system requirements, including having the minimum required Perl version and all required Perl modules installed. If you need to install any Perl libraries from CPAN for use by Foswiki, see Foswiki:Support.HowToInstallCpanModules for more information.
To install Foswiki, complete the following steps:
/path/to/foswiki
. foswiki
directory tree.
Note: for more information on the appropriate permissions to ensure security for your Foswiki data, see Foswiki:Support.SecuringYourSite.
The default file and directory access permissions as set by the distribution define a reasonable security level that will work for many types of installations, including shared hosting. Nonetheless, you should verify that the web server user has read access to all files and directories beneath the foswiki
directory, and execute access for all directories. Also verify that the data
and pub
directories and all the subdirectories and files beneath them allow write access for the web server user. chmod -R 770 foswiki
. Providing execute access to all files is potentially dangerous. This is a common mistake made by Foswiki installers. See Foswiki:Support.SettingFileAccessRightsLinuxUnix for a sample set of Unix commands to set the file and directory permissions.
It is possible to define tighter access permissions than the default ones; how tight they should be depends on your web server environment and local needs. Typically you should limit all access from others if the web server machine has login access for users other than root and the web server administrator. For a dedicated web server that just runs Foswiki and has limited login access, the default access permissions have a good safety level.
If you have root user permissions, then for additional security, you can change the ownership of thefoswiki
directory tree to the web server user, using the command chown -R user:group /path/to/foswiki
. The web server username varies in different installations; here are some sample commands for various Linux distributions: chown -R apache:apache /path/to/foswiki
chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/foswiki
chown -R wwwrun:www /path/to/foswiki
/usr/bin/perl
then this step is not required. This step is required on Windows installations.
The easiest way to fix up the bin scripts is to run the tools/rewriteshebang.pl
script. If the Perl interpreter is in the default execution path, follow these steps:
cd /path/to/foswiki/tools perl -I ../lib rewriteshebang.pl
or for Windows users:
cd C:\path\to\foswiki\tools perl -I ..\lib rewriteshebang.pl
The script will determine the location of the Perl interpreter and will prompt to update both the bin and tools scripts in a single step. The changed files will be reported, and it is safe to rerun the script.
If theperl
command does not work from the command line, then you need to find the location of your system's Perl interpreter. Insert the path to Perl in the first line of the rewriteshebang
script. For example:
cd C:\path\to\foswiki\tools C:\path\to\perl -I ..\lib rewriteshebang.pl
.cgi
or .pl
). This is not normally required with the Apache web server, though some hosted web servers are configured to require it. If the documentation for your web server indicates that a special extension is necessary, rename all the executable scripts in bin
; that is, rename bin/view
to bin/view.pl
, and so on. When configuring Foswiki (see the section "Configure Foswiki"), set the ScriptSuffix
option to the special extension.
bin/
and lib/
located under the Foswiki installation directory. If you have moved these directories, or if your system requires changes to the default Perl libraries, then this step is required.
Create the file LocalLib.cfg located at bin/LocalLib.cfg
bin
directory, copy the template file LocalLib.cfg.txt
to LocalLib.cfg
. Make sure the ownership and access rights of the copy are the same as LocalLib.cfg.txt.
bin/LocalLib.cfg
so that $foswikiLibPath
is set to the absolute file path of your lib
directory. For example: /path/to/foswiki/lib
.
$CPANBASE
to point to your personal CPAN install. Don't forget that the web server user has to be able to read those files as well.
foswiki.conf
). Performance is much better with a config file, and one file gives the best overview and ensures that you get a safe installation . However to use a config file you need root or sudo access to stop and start Apache. The Foswiki apache config file can be included from the main Apache config file. (Typically httpd.conf
or apache.conf
depending on your distribution). However most distributions have a directory from which any file that ends with .conf
gets included when you restart Apache (Example RedHat/Fedora/Centos: /etc/httpd/conf.d
, Gentoo: /etc/apache2/vhost.d
). If you use a virtual host setup in Apache you should include the foswiki.conf
file from inside the desired virtual host config in your Apache configuration.
.htaccess
files on each page access. Normally this is the only way to control Apache in a shared host environment where you have no root or sudo privileges.
foswiki_httpd_conf.txt
can be found in the root of the foswiki installation.
bin
and pub
. foswiki_httpd_conf.txt
file also has examples of configuring Apache appropriately.
ScriptAlias
directive for the bin
subdirectory, or an Alias
directive with SetHandler cgi-script
and Options ExecCGI
directives for the bin
subdirectory, so that the bin
scripts will be executed by Apache.
.htaccess
files for various subdirectories in your installation. Each file has help text explaining how to modify it for your configuration. For more information, see Foswiki:Support.SupplementalDocuments. location and name of sample .htaccess file | copy sample file to the following location |
---|---|
foswiki/root-htaccess.txt | foswiki/.htaccess |
foswiki/bin-htaccess.txt | foswiki/bin/.htaccess |
foswiki/pub-htaccess.txt | foswiki/pub/.htaccess |
foswiki/subdir-htaccess.txt | foswiki/<subdir>/.htaccess Copy to all other subdirectories below foswiki , including data , lib , locale , templates , tools , working . Copy to any other directories except for bin and pub addressed above. |
bin
and pub
. The sample .htaccess
files show how to configure Apache appropriately. It is important to verify that none of these directories can be directly accessed.
foswiki/bin/.htaccess
files contains the line SetHandler cgi-script
so that all scripts in the bin
directory will be executed by Apache.
.htaccess
are hidden files and will not be listed unless using the -a option, ex. ls -la
pub
directory. For example, most Linux distributions have a default Apache installation with PHP and server side include (SSI) enabled. This would allow PHP scripts uploaded as attachments to be executed, which is a security risk, so it should be disabled in the Apache configuration with php_admin_flag engine off
.
Different script execution mechanisms are disabled in different ways; see your web server configuration and documentation for more details.
configure
script open to the public. Limit access to the bin/configure
script to either localhost, an IP address or a specific user using basic Apache authentication. The Foswiki:Support.ApacheConfigGenerator lets you setup who has access to the configure
script. Also see the foswiki-httpd-conf.txt
or bin/.htaccess.txt
file for an example of the setting required to protect the configure
script.
To limit access to a particular user, set up a .htpasswd
file that contains the user name and password that Apache will use to authenticate the user: .htpasswd
file. It will destroy the email addresses stored in that file! If the file already exists, you can choose an existing user for access to configure.
foswiki/data
directory.
htpasswd -c .htpasswd <username>
, where <username> is the name of the user you will use to access the configure
script. Choose the username with care: the username cannot be an existing login name for your Foswiki installation, nor can it be used later on to register in Foswiki. Enter a password when prompted.
.htaccess
files, all include example settings to protect the configure script with a password. The critical section looks something like:
<FilesMatch "configure.*"> SetHandler cgi-script Order Deny,Allow Deny from all # List of IP addresses allowed to access configure Allow from 127.0.0.1 192.168.1.10 # specify username used on the "htpasswd" command above Require user someuserid # Set to "Any" to allow IP -or- userid, set to "All" to require both match Satisfy Any ErrorDocument 401 default </FilesMatch>Note: In addition to any web server security protection that you have set up, when saving any configuration settings for the first time on the
configure
web page, you will be prompted to set a configuration password. This password must be entered on all subsequent configuration changes, and is also used to log in via the internal admin link (see the section "Define the administrator user(s)"). Even after a configure
password has been set, access to the configure
page should still be restricted by the web server, in order to avoid revealing internal information to potential attackers.
Tip: You do not have to use the same password file for both Configure and for Foswiki user registration. If you use a separate file, you can create it using theFor more information, refer to Foswiki:Support.ProtectingYourConfiguration.htpasswd
commmand and complete segregate configure access from Foswiki access. This is probably safer, but does not allow users to change their configure password using Foswiki services. The password file has to be manually maintained..
- Generate an alternate password file to protect configure.
htpasswd -c -s /path/to/data/.htpasswd-admin configuserid
- Add / modify and delete this alternate file using the
htpasswd
command. Don't mix them up and usehtpasswd
on the Foswiki .htpasswd file!- Edit the foswiki apache configuration and modify the block (shown above) that protects the configuration command. Add or modify the following statements in the block. Don't remove the other statements!
<FilesMatch "configure.*"> AuthType Basic AuthName "admins only" AuthUserFile /path/to/data/.htpasswd-admin # Changing the Require user to Require valid-user allows any ID in the # file access to configure! Require valid-user </FilesMatch>
http://yourdomain/url/to/foswiki/bin/configure
into your browser address bar. configure
web page for the first time, you can only edit the section General Path Settings
. Make any required changes, and save the settings, whether or not you needed to make any changes. You will be prompted to set a password for the configure
page: this password must be entered for all subsequent configuration changes, and is also used to log in via the internal admin link (see the section "Define the administrator user(s)"). Note: Theconfigure
password is remembered byconfigure
, separate to web server access controls mentioned in "Protect the configure script".
General Path Settings
, continue configuring Foswiki. Configuration items which may require further attention will be highlighted.
{PermittedRedirectHostUrls}
. Example: if{DefaultUrlHost}
is set tohttps://wiki.company.com
, an example{PermittedRedirectHostUrls}
might contain:https://company.com, http://111.222.123.234
Mail and Proxies
section. Email must be available so Foswiki can send registration emails. {EnableEmail}
. Otherwise the {WebMasterEmail}
parameter must be configured.
MailProgram
is typically suitable on most Linux systems, and no further configuration is required.
Net::SMPT
methods, you must also configure {SMTP}{MAILHOST}
. Many ISPs have introduced authentication when sending emails to fight spam so you may also have to set {SMTP}{Username}
and {SMTP}{Password}
.
Net::SMTP::SSL
will encrypt the connection to the e-mail server and is required for some email services like Google's GMail.
configure
, you may have to set {PROXY}{HOST}
and {PROXY}{PORT}
. Note: A standard Foswiki installation will not allow any new registrations unless there is a working SMTP configurationSMTP authentication requires additional perl modules including
Authen::SASL
and MIME::Base64
,
configure
page, you can configure Foswiki manually.
mod_auth_ldap
or mod_auth_mysql
. However, as your browser is caching your login, you must restart the browser to log out.
Note that the password databases for both of these authentication mechanisms are compatible, so you can switch between them at a later date.
To make it easier to follow the instructions in this section, you can view this installation guide using your Foswiki site by enteringSystem.InstallationGuide
into the "Jump" text box. By doing this instead of using the INSTALL.html
file from the distribution, you will be able to use the embedded hyperlinks to jump directly to the referenced pages.
By default, your Foswiki installation is probably already using TemplateLogin, HtPasswdUser and TopicUserMappingContrib as the defaultLogin
,Password
anduser mapping
options.
Login
tab on the Security and Authentication
panel. Select the Foswiki::LoginManager::TemplateLogin
login manager.
Passwords
tab. Select the appropriate PasswordManager
for your system - the default is Foswiki::Users::HtPasswdUser
. There is also an EXPERT configure setting {TemplateLogin}{PreventBrowserRememberingPassword}
that you can set to prevent Browsers from remembering username and passwords if you are concerned about public terminal usage.
HtPasswdUser
(the default), check the .htpasswd
file is being updated correctly with a new entry. If not, check {Htpasswd}{FileName}
is correct (under Security and Authentication
on the Password
tab in configure
), and that the webserver user has write permission.
This is a very important step, as users in this group can access all topics, independent of Foswiki access controls.
AccessControl has more information on setting up access controls.
Foswiki AccessControls do not protect topic attachments unless the web server has been configured to do so using the viewfile
script. Visit Foswiki:Support.ApacheConfigGenerator for examples using Apache.
As Template Login uses a wiki page for its login prompt, there is a great deal of flexibility in customizing the login page for your purposes.
The default new user template page is in System.NewUserTemplate. The same macros get expanded as in the template topics. You can create a custom new user topic by creating the NewUserTemplate topic in Main web, which will then override the default in System web. See System.UserForm for copy instructions.
EXCLUDED_
from the INCLUDE
tags) or add new ones.
New fields may also be added. The name=""
parameter of the <input>
tags must start with: "Fwk0..."
(if this is an optional entry), or "Fwk1..."
(if this is a required entry). This ensures that the fields are carried over into the user home page correctly.
There are two registration scenarios that apply:
Self-registration by Guest users
Registration by logged-in users
Note: During registration, if it turns out that the current user or Main.RegistrationAgent doesn't have permission to update the group topic, the group update will be silently skipped. The user will still be albe to register.
See DefaultPreferences#RegistrationOptions for further details. Copy the settings into Main.SitePreferences to make them active.
mod_auth_ldap
or mod_auth_mysql
you can just plug in to them directly.
The disadvantage is that because the user identity is cached in the browser, you can log in, but you can't log out again unless you restart the browser.
Foswiki maps theREMOTE_USER
that was used to log in to the webserver to a WikiName using the table in Main.WikiUsers. This table is updated whenever a user registers, so users can choose not to register (in which case their webserver login name is used for their signature) or register (in which case that login name is mapped to their WikiName).
The same private .htpasswd
file used in Foswiki Template Login can be used to authenticate Apache users, using the Apache Basic Authentication support.
Do not use the Apachehtpasswd
program with.htpasswd
files generated by Foswiki!htpasswd
wipes out email addresses that Foswiki plants in the info fields of this file. Apache Login is required for Apache-based login methods such as mod_ldap You can use any Apache authentication module that sets theREMOTE_USER
environment variable.
To setup Apache Login, perform the following steps:
Security and Authentication
pane on the Login
tab in configure
: Foswiki::LoginManager::ApacheLogin
for {LoginManager}
.
Foswiki::Users::HtPasswdUser
for {PasswordManager}
.
Foswiki::Users::TopicUserMapping
for {UserMappingManager}
.
foswiki/bin-htaccess.txt
file to set the following Apache directives on the bin
scripts: <FilesMatch "(attach|edit|manage|rename|save|upload|mail|logon|rest|.*auth).*"> require valid-user </FilesMatch>You can also refer to the sample
foswiki_httpd_conf.txt
and bin-htaccess.txt
files to see how the appropriate Apache directives are specified.
HtPasswdUser
(the default), check the .htpasswd
file is being updated correctly with a new entry. If not, check {Htpasswd}{FileName}
is correct (under Security and Authentication
on the Password
tab in configure
), and that the webserver user has write permission.
This is a very important step, as users in this group can access all topics, independent of Foswiki access controls.
Store
pane in configure
you will find the setting {RCS}{SearchAlgorithm}
.
By default it is set to Foswiki::Store::SearchAlgorithms::Forking
which is what you should keep if you install Foswiki in Linux or any other Unix type operating system.
If you install Foswiki on a Windows server, using an external grep program can create problems because of limitations in the length of command lines. You may be able to run with Forking in Windows if your directory path to Foswiki is kept short (short directory names and few levels), however the recommended (safe) setting for Windows is Foswiki::Store::SearchAlgorithms::PurePerl
.
admin
and the password established when initially saving the configuration. Don't log in with the wikiname AdminUser
.
After installing Foswiki, you can also register other users that you will use to administer Foswiki. To make a user an administrator, add the WikiName for the user to the AdminGroup
, defined in the Main.AdminGroup
topic in your Foswiki installation.
Note that with the sudo or internal admin login, it is not necessary to add other users to the AdminGroup. However if you have more than one administrator, you may still want to do this to ensure that topic changes are attributed to a specific user instead of the default Main.AdminUser.
By adding users to Main.AdminGroup: bin/configure
password is not required
bin/configure
will need to be shared among administrators
System.InstallationGuide
into the "Jump" text box. By doing this instead of using the INSTALL.html
file from the distribution, you will be able to use the embedded hyperlinks to jump directly to the referenced pages.
To add an initial administrator to the AdminGroup
, perform the following steps:
Main.AdminGroup
topic and select the "internal admin login" link. Login using the password you set on the configure
page.
Main.AdminGroup
topic. Follow the instructions on the page to add users to the AdminGroup. You do not need to edit the topic.
Any member of the Main.AdminGroup can add subsequent members — you do not have to use the internal admin login.
To more easily debug access control issues, you may want to have a regular Foswiki user account for daily use, and a special one that belongs to theAdminGroup
that you use only for administering your Foswiki site. See System.AccessControls for more information on access controls and user groups.
http://yourdomain.com/url/to/foswiki/bin/view/System/InstallationGuidePart2
to proceed with further tailoring your site..
In order to keep your user, group, and site configuration information separate from the actual content of your site, it is recommended that you create a new web in which your site's pages will reside. See System.ManagingWebs for more information on Wiki webs and how to create one.
configure
script and make sure you have resolved all errors and are satisfied that you understand any warnings.
Low client and server base requirements are core features that keep Foswiki widely deployable, particularly across a range of browser platforms and versions. Many extensions exist which enhance and expand Foswiki's capabilities; they may have additional requirements.
Resource | Required Server Environment |
---|---|
Perl | 5.8.8 or higher |
RCS (Revision Control System) | 5.7 or higher (including GNU diff ) Optional. Foswiki includes a pure Perl implementation of RCS (RcsLite) that can be used instead, at the cost of performance |
GNU diff | GNU diff 2.7 or higher is required when not using the all-Perl RcsLite. Install within the PATH if not included with RCS (check version with diff -v ) Must be the version used by RCS, to avoid problems with binary attachments - RCS may have hard-coded path to diff |
Other external programs | fgrep, egrep |
Cron/scheduler | • Unix: cron • Windows: cron equivalents |
Web server | Apache is well supported; for information on other servers, see Foswiki:Support.InstallingOnSpecificPlatforms. |
lib/DEPENDENCIES
.
The following CPAN modules are not shipped with Foswiki. Note that Foswiki extensions may add additional requirements. Modules marked as Required may still be optional if certain default core features are not used.
Module | Required/Optional | Description |
---|---|---|
CPAN:HTML::Entities | Required | Used for WYSIWYG Editing |
CPAN:HTML::Parser | Required | Used for WYSIWYG Editing |
CPAN:HTML::Tree | Required | Used by CompareRevisionsAddOn. |
CPAN:URI | Required | Used by MailerContrib for email notifications of topic changes. |
CPAN:LWP | Required | Used by the Configure Extensions Installer, and for external URL based INCLUDEs |
CPAN:version | Required | version >= 0.77 required for module version checks |
CPAN:Digest::SHA | Optional | Required to use SHA1 password encoding, since Perl 5.9.3 part of core |
CPAN:Digest::SHA1 | Optional | Required by the Foswiki PageCaching feature |
CPAN:Win32::Console | Optional | May be required for Internationalization on Windows |
CPAN:Archive::Tar | Optional | Required by the Extensions Installer in configure if command line tar or unzip is not available, since Perl 5.9.3 part of core. |
CPAN:Archive::Zip | Optional | Alternative to Archive::Tar, used by the Extensions Installer if Archive::Tar and command line tar and unzip also unavailable |
CPAN:Net::SMTP::SSL | Optional | Required by Net::SMPT to send email over SSL to providers such as gmail. |
CPAN:Authen::SASL | Optional | Required by Net::SMTP if email server requires authentication. |
configure
script, or if you're still trying to get to that point, check from the command line like this:
perl -e 'use FileHandle; print $FileHandle::VERSION."\n"'For more detailed dependency information, try the script
dependencies_installer.pl
located in the tools
directory, which makes perl module installation easier. Run it with option -h
to understand basics. This script requires confirmation before it actually does something.
apt-get install apache2 rcs
Perl Module | Package to install | Notes |
---|---|---|
HTML::Parser | libhtml-parser-perl |
|
HTML::Entities | included with HTML::Parser | |
HTML::Tree | libhtml-tree-perl |
|
LWP | libwww-perl |
|
version | libversion-perl |
Must be version 0.77 or newer |
Digest::SHA | libdigest-sha-perl |
|
Digest::SHA1 | libdigest-sha1-perl |
|
URI | liburi-perl |
|
Net::SMTP::SSL | libnet-smtp-ssl |
|
Authen::SASL | libauthen-sasl |
note, broken on Ubuntu 11.10 x64. Install using CPAN! |
chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/foswiki
Install apache2, rcs, and perl-CPAN
Perl Module | Package to install | Notes |
---|---|---|
HTML::Parser | perl-HTML-Parser |
|
HTML::Entities | included with HTML::Parser | |
HTML::Tree | perl-HTML-Tree |
|
LWP | perl-libwww-perl |
|
version | Must be version 0.77 or newer | |
Digest::SHA | perl-Digest-SHA |
|
Digest::SHA1 | perl-Digest-SHA1 |
|
URI | perl-URI |
|
Net::SMTP::SSL | perl-Net-SMPT-SSL |
|
Authen::SASL | perl-Authen-SASL |
chown -R wwwrun:www /path/to/foswiki
Change{ValidationMethod}{Method}
fromstrikeone
toembedded
in configure to allow non-javascript browsers to edit/save/upload
CSS and Javascript are used in most skins. Some skins will require more recent releases of browsers. The default skin is tested on IE 6+, Safari, Chrome and Firefox.
You can easily select a balance of browser capability versus look and feel. Try the installed skins at System.SkinBrowser and more at Foswiki:Extensions.SkinPackage.pub
directory.)
lib
directory at the same level as the bin
directory. You can create this directory elsewhere and configure the bin/setlib.cfg
file. Foswiki dir: | What it is: | Where to copy: | Example: |
---|---|---|---|
foswiki | start-up pages | root Foswiki dir | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/ |
foswiki/bin | CGI bin | CGI-enabled dir | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/bin |
foswiki/lib | library files | same level as bin | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/lib |
foswiki/locale | language files | dir secure from public access | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/locale |
foswiki/pub | public files | htdoc enabled dir | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/pub |
foswiki/data | topic data | dir secure from public access | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/data |
foswiki/templates | web templates | dir secure from public access | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/templates |
foswiki/tools | Foswiki utlilities | dir secure from public access | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/tools |
foswiki/working | Temporary and internal files | dir secure from public access | /home/smith/public_html/foswiki/working |
configure
page) configure
page. However, if you are unable to get the configure
page to display (for example, if a dependency is missing), or for some reason you do not wish to use the configure
page, then you can configure Foswiki manually
Perform the following steps to manually configure Foswiki: lib/Foswiki.spec
to lib/LocalSite.cfg
$Foswiki::cfg{DefaultUrlHost} $Foswiki::cfg{ScriptUrlPath} $Foswiki::cfg{ScriptDir} $Foswiki::cfg{PubUrlPath} $Foswiki::cfg{PubDir} $Foswiki::cfg{DataDir} $Foswiki::cfg{ToolsDir} $Foswiki::cfg{TemplateDir} $Foswiki::cfg{LocalesDir} $Foswiki::cfg{WorkingDir} $Foswiki::cfg{OS}
$Foswiki::cfg{LoginManager} $Foswiki::cfg{WebMasterEmail} $Foswiki::cfg{SMTP}{MAILHOST} $Foswiki::cfg{SMTP}{SENDERHOST}
__END__
and everything following it.
System.Skins
refers to the Skins
topic in your System web. To go directly to a topic, enter the full topic name, such as System.Skins
, into the "Jump" text box at the top right of any Foswiki page.
To make it easier to follow the instructions in this section, you can view this installation guide using your Foswiki site by entering System.InstallationGuide
into the "Jump" text box. By doing this instead of using the INSTALL.html
file from the distribution, you will be able to use the embedded hyperlinks to jump directly to the referenced pages.
All of the Foswiki documentation can also be found online in the Foswiki documentation section (the "System" web) of the Foswiki web site.
Note the configure
page mentioned in this section is accessed by visiting http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/bin/configure
your web browser.
Main.SitePreferences
. If a given preference is not set in Main.SitePreferences
, then a default value is picked up from System.DefaultPreferences
, if present, or, for extensions, from the extension topics.
To simplify your upgrades, do not modify System.DefaultPreferences
. Instead, copy any settings you want to change from System.DefaultPreferences
to Main.SitePreferences
.
To see the available preferences that can be set, look through System.DefaultPreferences
.
If, for some reason, you wish to pick up default preferences from a different topic, you can set the location in the Miscellaneous settings
pane of the configure
page, in the {SitePrefsTopicName}
setting (visible when Expert mode is enabled). It is recommended that you leave this setting to its default value, DefaultPreferences
.
Foswiki has a many security features that can be enabled/disabled and adjusted to suit your needs.
In many cases enabling a security feature prevents other features. It is a balance that the administrator has to choose depending on the purpose of the Foswiki installation (confidential vs public knowledge), the type of installation (intranet vs internet), and your type of business.
A new administrator is encouraged to read Foswiki:Support.SecurityFeatures which gives a walkthrough of the different security aspects and how to set the appropriate configuration settings. Note that that some security settings are only visible in configure in "expert mode" which you enter by clicking the "Yes, I've read all the documentation" button at the top of the configure screen.configure
page.
tools/mailnotify
script, as described in the System.MailerContrib topic.
{WebMasterEmail}
email account. Obtain these as you would for any other S/MIME e-mail user.
To enable Foswiki to sign administrative e-mails: Crypt::SMIME
installed.
/etc/pki/tls/certs
configure
script, change the following settings under Mail and Proxies: {MailMethod}
and {MailProgram}
to enable an external mail program such as sendmail. Net::SMTP
is not supported. {SMTP}{MAILHOST}
, {SMTP}{SENDERHOST}
, {SMTP}{Username}
and {SMTP}{Password}
are not used an may be deleted.
SMTPMAILHOST
is defined in Main.SitePreferences
it should be removed.
{SmimeCertificateFile}
configuration variable
{SmimeKeyFile}
configuration variable
configure
script an resolve any errors that it identifies
All out-going administrative e-mails will now be signed.
tools/tick_foswiki.pl
script, and set a negative value on the configure
page for {Sessions}{ExpireAfter}
. For more details, read System.CommandAndCGIScripts#tick_foswiki_pl.
Localisation
section of the configure
page. For more information, see Foswiki:Support.InternationalizationSupplement.
If you are not using Foswiki to manage your users' passwords or email addresses, or would just like to enhance the default pages, then modify the following topics accordingly with information appropriate for your site:
ALLOWTOPICCHANGE
preference setting to Main.NewUserTemplate so only the user can edit their own user topic. In particular, on a public Foswiki site, restricting edit access will avoid vandalism and spam.
The top bar and bottom bar are common across all webs.
To customize the top bar, copy System.WebTopBarExample to System.WebTopBar, and make your desired changes to System.WebTopBar. To customize the bottom bar, copy System.WebBottomBarExample to System.WebBottomBar, and make your desired changes to System.WebBottomBar. The side bar can be customized on a per web basis. To customize the side bar, copy the WebLeftBarExample topic in the given web to WebLeftBar, and make your desired changes to WebLeftBar. If you would like to move the side bar to the right of the page, see System.PatternSkin for more details.WEBCOPYRIGHT
preference. Its default is the following: Copyright © by the contributing authors. All material on this collaboration platform is the property of the contributing authors.
If your Foswiki site is used in an environment without public access you should replace this with your normal copyright notice. You should also consider adding a security classification (e.g., For Internal Use Only) so people do not have to add this manually to every new topic.
If your Foswiki site is publicly accessible, you need to decide which copyright and license you wish to apply to all contributions. For open source applications, licenses such as the GNU Free Documentation License, FreeBSD Documentation License, and one of the various Creative Commons licenses are possible licenses to consider. Remember that once people have started contributing, you cannot retroactively change the license (unless it has a provision for this).To change the copyright statement, perform the following steps:
WEBCOPYRIGHT
preference setting from System.DefaultPreferences to Main.SitePreferences
. Change the value to your desired text. This value will be your new default across all webs.
WEBCOPYRIGHT
preference in the WebPreferences
topic for the given web. For example, you could add a confidential classification to a web that has restricted access.
WEBCOPYRIGHT
preference setting in System.WebPreferences covers the documentation that comes with Foswiki, and should not be changed.
tools/extension_installer
.deb
packages should only use the debian tools when installing extensions.
The simplest way is to visit configure:Extensions. Use the Find More Extensions button to download and install additional extensions from the foswiki.org website. If you are behind a firewall or your server has no access to the Internet, you can also install plugins manually. Installation instructions for each plugin are located in its corresponding topic on http://foswiki.org/. Additional documentation on Foswiki plugins can be found at Foswiki:Support.PluginsSupplement.
When installing an extension from the configure
interface: working/configure/backup
directory
!noci
, disabling checkin, they will still be checked in if existing revision control files are found, suggesting that local modifications have occurred.
_installer
package must be run from the root directory of the Foswiki installation.
_installer
module must be downloaded from the Extension repository. The extension archive will be downloaded if required.
_installer
is run, it will install the Extension and dependencies similar to the configure
interface except: _installer
module is saved in working/configure/pkgdata
working/logs/configure/[NameOfExtension]-yyyymmdd-hhmmss-[Action].log
configure
page. In addition, some extensions also require configuration in this section.
The instructions for using the extensions installer from the shell are
retrieved by using the "usage" command: tools/extension_installer usage
or
./SomePlugin_installer usage
perl working/configure/pkgdata/X509UserPlugin_installer usage Usage as a custom installer: X509UserPlugin_installer -a -n -d -r -u -c install X509UserPlugin_installer -a -n uninstall X509UserPlugin_installer manifest X509UserPlugin_installer dependencies Usage as a generic installer: tools/extension_installer X509UserPlugin -a -n -d -r -u -c install tools/extension_installer X509UserPlugin -a -n uninstall tools/extension_installer X509UserPlugin manifest tools/extension_installer X509UserPlugin dependencies If command (install, uninstall ..) is not provided, default is to install the extension. Operates on the directory tree below where it is run from, so should be run from the top level of your Foswiki installation. Depending upon your installation, you may need to execute perl directly perl tools/extension_installer ... or perl X509UserPlugin_installer ... "install" will check dependencies and perform any required post-install steps. "uninstall" will remove all files that were installed for X509UserPlugin even if they have been locally modified. -a means don't prompt for confirmation before resolving dependencies -d means auto-download if -a (no effect if not -a) -r means reuse packages on disc if -a (no effect if not -a) -u means the archive has already been downloaded and unpacked -n means don't write any files into my current install, just tell me what you would have done -c means don't try to use CPAN to install missing libraries "manifest" will generate a list of the files in the package on standard output. The list is generated in the same format as the MANIFEST files used by BuildContrib. "dependencies" will generate a list of dependencies on standard output.
Caution: When removing an extension, no dependency checking is performed.The web and command line interfaces can be used to uninstall extensions. When an extension is remove, the following occurs:
- Dependencies are not removed
- Other Extensions dependent on the removed extension may become non-operational.
_installer
package is used to recover the manifest. If it cannot be found locally, it will be downloaded from the configured extension repository
configure/working/backup
directory _uninstaller
was required, the backup will be made per the current installer's manifest. It is preferable to always save the _installer
modules.
,v
revision control files will be removed, including the _installer
. working/logs/configure/[NameOfExtension]-yyyymmdd-hhmmss-[Action].log
working/configure/pkgdata/SomeExtension_installer uninstall
unzip
or tar -xzf
of the backup file should be all that is required:
cd /root/of/foswiki tar -zxvf * working/configure/backup/[Extension}-backup-[yyyymmdd]-[hhmmss].tgz # or unzip working/configure/backup/[Extension}-backup-[yyyymmdd]-[hhmmss].zip
TWikiCompatibilityPlugin
. This plugin enables most TWiki extensions to work with Foswiki, without modifications. It also maps requests for legacy TWiki web topics to their Foswiki equivalents, as defined in Foswiki:Development.TopicNameMappingTable. The TWIKIWEB
and MAINWEB
TWiki variables are also mapped to the new Foswiki macros SYSTEMWEB
and USERSWEB
.
If you are not upgrading an existing TWiki installation and do not plan to install plugins from the TWiki web site, it is recommended that you disable the TWikiCompatibilityPlugin in the Plugins Section on the configure
page.
If a plugin exists both in a TWiki version and a Foswiki version, it is strongly recommended that you use the Foswiki version, as this is coded to work optimally with Foswiki. As part of the Foswiki project, the Foswiki community is evaluating all of the extensions that are available for TWiki, and porting them over to the Foswiki name space. Many of them are being enhanced through the removal of bugs and security vulnerabilities, resulting in better, more functional extensions for Foswiki.
Fast CGI | FastCGIEngineContrib | Supports the mod_fastcgi and mod_fcgid extensions |
mod_perl | ModPerlEngineContrib | supports the apache mod_perl extension |
TWiki is a registered trademark of Peter Thoeny.
Back to topTWikiCompatibilityPlugin
), thereby enabling a smooth transition from TWiki to Foswiki.
To upgrade to a new patch release — for example, from Foswiki 1.1.0 to 1.1.2 — an upgrade package can be used that will not overwrite any of your customizations.
For patch releases you will find a brief upgrade procedure on the download page for the release. Follow this procedure to upgrade to the patch release. It may contain important steps that are unique to each patch release (for example, some configure settings may need to be changed).
If you use the Foswiki PageCaching feature, be sure to refresh the cache after upgrading to a new Foswiki version.
The following is a high level view of the upgrade procedure:
Main
web in the new installation, including all user topics.
Managing caches of static.js
,.css
files: some parts of Foswiki use URI versioning to help web browsers obtain a current version of these files when they change, but currently other parts do not. You may need to get your users to clear their browser's cache after upgrading your site to a new major or minor release (usually not necessary for patch upgrades). An alternative approach is to manage your web server configuration to strategically set appropriate expiry times for static files (see performance supplement)
More details for each step appear in the following sections. The steps may need to be modified or otherwise tailored with specifics for your installation. In particular, you must take care to preserve any special configuration or customizations you have made, especially if you have modified any of the default software files or system topics that are contained within the installation package.
For purposes of discussion, the following conventions are used:<oldwiki>
refers to the directory in which the old installation is located
<newwiki>
refers to the directory in which the new installation is located; it is assumed to be immediately below the root directory of your web server
<old_users_web>
refers to the web in which the user topics are located in the old installation. The default value is the Main web. The web is specified in the Store settings
pane of the configure
page, in the {UsersWebName}
setting (visible when Expert mode is enabled).
<old_system_web>
refers to the web used for documentation and default preferences in the old installation. In Foswiki, the default value is the System web; in TWiki, the default value is the TWiki web. The web is specified in the Store settings
pane of the configure
page, in the {SystemWebName}
setting (visible when Expert mode is enabled).
configure
page mentioned in this document is accessible via your web browser at http://yourdomain/<newwiki>/bin/configure .
configure
page. <oldwiki>/lib/LocalSite.cfg
file to <newwiki>/lib/LocalSite.cfg
in order to preserve your existing configuration settings. Alternatively, you can reconfigure the new installation from scratch (you can use your old LocalSite.cfg
file as a reference).
LocalSite.cfg
file (though you can use it as a reference). Run configure
and set the configuration values in the new installation to match those of the old installation.
configure
page, including any new settings added in the new version. Save the configuration after you have completed your changes.
<newwiki>/lib/LocalSite.cfg
file and run configure
.
Test your newly-installed Foswiki site and ensure that its basic functionality works: viewing and editing topics (you can try creating and editing a topic in the Sandbox web).
To make it easier to follow the subsequent steps, you can view this upgrade guide using your new Foswiki site by enteringSystem.UpgradeGuide
into the "Jump" text box on the top right of any topic. By doing this instead of using the UpgradeGuide.html file from the distribution, you will be able to use the embedded hyperlinks to jump directly to the referenced pages.
configure
page to install and configure extensions from the Foswiki:Extensions repository. You can also install extensions manually; see the instructions on the extension's web page from where you obtained the extension (for Foswiki extensions, on foswiki.org).
TWikiCompatibilityPlugin
is installed to provide backwards compatible support for TWiki plugins. However if the TWiki plugin calls private APIs or invokes helper scripts, it may still not work correctly. Check for an upgraded Foswiki version of the extension in the Foswiki:Extensions repository and install it instead.
Main.SitePreferences
topic in your new Foswiki site, prefixing each setting with the name of the plugin in uppercase followed by an underscore. For example, to copy over the DEFAULT_TYPE
setting from the CommentPlugin
topic in the old site to the new site, copy the value to a COMMENTPLUGIN_DEFAULT_TYPE
setting in the Main.SitePreferences
topic in the new site.
Commonly-customized plugin settings include the following: CommentPlugin
- DEFAULT_TYPE
EditTablePlugin
- CHANGEROWS, QUIETSAVE, EDITBUTTON
InterwikiPlugin
- RULESTOPIC
InterWikis
- If you added your own rules, make sure you copy over the rules to the new installation.
SlideShowPlugin
- If you changed the embedded 'Default Slide Template', then copy your customed template to the topic in the new installation. You should prefer creating your own slide show template in a separate topic, so you will not have to take special steps over upgrades to preserve your modifications to the default slide template.
SmiliesPlugin
- If you added your own smileys, make sure you copy over your customizations to the topic in the new installatin.
TablePlugin
- TABLEATTRIBUTES
configure
.
find data -name '*,v' -exec rcs -u -M '{}' \;
find pub -name '*,v' -exec rcs -u -M '{}' \;
WebChanges
topics depend on the file timestamp. If you touch the .txt files make sure to preserve the timestamp, or change them in the same chronological order as the old file timestamps.
Main
web <oldwiki>/data/<old_users_web>/
to <newwiki>/data/Main/
, and copy all files from <oldwiki>/pub/<old_users_web>/
to <newwiki>/pub/Main/
. Do not overwrite any topics already present in the <newwiki>/data/Main/
directory. <old_users_web>.NewUserTemplate
in the old installation, this step will copy over your template for user topics to the new installation.
Security setup
pane of the configure
page, in the {SuperAdminGroup}
setting (visible when Expert mode is enabled). You can do either of the following: {SuperAdminGroup}
setting in your new installation to the old admin group.
{LocalSitePreferences}
on the configure
page, or if you did customize {LocalSitePreferences}
but kept your site preferences within the <old_users_web> web, then this step will also copy over your site preferences to the new installation.
<old_users_web>.WikiUsers
topic in the old installation to the Main.WikiUsers
topic in the new installation. If the new installation does not yet have an initial Main.WikiUsers
topic, then copy <oldwiki>/data/<old_users_web>/WikiUsers.txt
to <newwiki>/data/Main/WikiUsers.txt
.
Main.WikiUsers
topic: Main.WikiUsers
, using the corresponding entries in Foswiki:System.UsersTemplate as an example.
data/.htpasswd
for authentication, copy this file from the old installation to the new one.
<old_system_web>.UserRegistration
, then either copy over <oldwiki>/data/<old_system_web>/UserRegistration.txt
and <oldwiki>/data/<old_system_web>/UserRegistration.txt,v
to the <newwiki>/data/System/
directory, or modify System.UserRegistration
in the new installation to contain your customizations.
<old_users_web>.TWikiUsers
topic in the old installation to the Main.WikiUsers
topic in the new installation. If the new installation does not yet have an initial Main.WikiUsers
topic, then copy <oldwiki>/data/<old_users_web>/TWikiUsers.txt
to <newwiki>/data/Main/WikiUsers.txt
, and manually add the required default users (see the next steps).
Main.WikiUsers
topic: Main.WikiUsers
, using the corresponding entries in Foswiki:System.UsersTemplate as an example.
data/.htpasswd
for authentication, copy this file from the old installation to the new one.
tools/upgrade_emails.pl
script to move the user emails out of the user topics and into the password file.
<old_system_web>.TWikiRegistration
, then modify System.UserRegistration
in the new installation to contain your customizations.
<oldwiki>/data/Sandbox/
to <newwiki>/data/Sandbox
and from <oldwiki>/pub/Sandbox/
to <newwiki>/pub/Sandbox
. Some pages you may wish to preserve are the WebHome
topic and the WebLeftBar
topic (if you had created it in the old wiki installation). The Sandbox web often contains work-in-progress topics that users will want to keep.
Make sure the data and pub directories, as well as the files within them, are readable and writeable by the web server user.
Execute your test plans for authentication and authorization. Test that users that you have transferred from the old installation can login with any problems, and that access controls work appropriately: check that users are able to view and edit pages for which they have access, and are denied permission to view or edit pages for which they do not have access. Also check that pages restricted to the admin group are not accessible by non-admin users, and that administrators continue to have access.Miscellaneous settings
pane of the configure
page, in the {LocalSitePreferences}
setting (visible when Expert mode is enabled) — the default location is Main.SitePreferences. Copy any customized preferences from the site preferences topic in your old installation to the site preferences topic in the new installation. (Note you may have already copied over your customized preferences when you transfered the contents of the <old_users_web> web.)
If, in your old installation, you customized the default preferences in <old_system_web>.DefaultPreferences
, then transfer your customizations from this topic to the site preferences topic instead (i.e. the topic specified in your {LocalSitePreferences}
setting), so that your customizations will not get overwritten on the next upgrade.
If you are upgrading from TWiki, note that the default location of the default preferences in TWiki is <old_system_web>.TWikiPreferences
, and the default location of the site preferences is Main.TWikiPreferences
. Transfer any customized preferences from these topics to the site preferences topic in your new installation.
<oldwiki>/<old_system_web>/
directory as a reference.
Execute your test plan to validate the Wiki applications and other key functionality that need to be up and running after the upgrade.
Change your web server configuration so that the new installation is accessible to all of your users, and so the old installation is no longer accessible.
Change your web server configuration so that the new installation is accessible using the same URL prefix as your old installation. For purposes of discussion, assume that your old installation is accessible fromhttp://yourdomain/wiki/
. You can use one of the following approaches to make the new installation accessible using the same URL prefix: <newwiki>/
directory to wiki/
(renaming the directory of your old installation if necessary).
wiki/
that points to <newwiki>/
(renaming the directory of your old installation if necessary).
/wiki/
are served from your <newwiki>/
directory.
Re-execute your test plan to verify that your newly-upgraded site is accessible to your users, and that all authentication and authorization mechanisms work as expected (including denying access to those who are not authorized).
Re-execute your test plan to verify that your Wiki applications and other key functionality work as intended.
System.DefaultPreferences
for a description of the FAVICON preference. To set it for your site, add the FAVICON preference to your site preferences topic, Main.SitePreferences
(or the topic you configured in your {LocalSitePreferences}
setting in the Miscellaneous settings
pane on the configure
page). To set it for a web, add the FAVICON preference to the WebPreferences
topic for that web.
To use Foswiki, you must use Perl 5.8 or higher. Foswiki no longer supports Perl version 5.6.x (the minimum version required for TWiki 4.0.5).
%TMPL:DEF{"block"}%
and %TMPL:END%
— was stripped of leading and trailing white space, including newlines. This made it difficult for skin developers to include a newline before or after a block of text.
From TWiki 4.1.0 onwards, and in Foswiki 1.0, this has changed so that white space is no longer stripped. Skins like PatternSkin and NatSkin have been updated so that they work with the new behavior. If you use an older skin or have written your own you will most likely need to make some adjustments.
In general, if you get mysterious blank lines in your skin, the newline after the%TMPL:DEF{"block"}%
needs to be removed: the content of the block must follow on the same line as the TMPL:DEF.
CommentPlugin templates also must be modified to remove extraneous newlines — in particular, any newline immediately after the TMPL:DEF. See the System.CommentPluginTemplate
for examples of how comment template definitions should look like in TWiki 4.1.x.
Example: a CommentPlugin template that adds a row to a table. With versions of TWiki prior to 4.1, the following syntax can be used:
%TMPL:DEF{OUTPUT:tabletest}%%POS:BEFORE% |%URLPARAM{"comment"}%| -- %WIKIUSERNAME% - %DATE% | %TMPL:END%
Starting in TWiki 4.1 and continuing with Foswiki 1.0, the newline before the start of the table row must be removed:
%TMPL:DEF{OUTPUT:tabletest}%%POS:BEFORE%|%URLPARAM{"comment"}%| -- %WIKIUSERNAME% - %DATE% | %TMPL:END%
{PassthroughDir}
and {Sessions}{Dir}
were set by default to /tmp
. These config settings have been eliminated: Foswiki creates a tmp directory and other temporary directories under the directory defined by the configure setting {WorkingDir}
.
Foswiki now ships with a new WYSIWYG editor based on TinyMCE that replaces the Kupu-based editor. When TinyMCEPlugin is enabled, the Edit button will initiate WYSIWYG editing mode. A Raw Edit link has been added for users to edit the topic markup directly.
The WYSIWYG button has been removed.
NewUserTemplate
and UserForm
in the Main web, if they exist. If the topic does not exist in the Main web, then the default version from System is used. Thus on upgrades, any customizations you made to NewUserTemplate
or UserForm
in the Main web will be preserved.
In previous TWiki versions, only System.NewUserTemplate
and System.UserForm
are used; you cannot override them by creating your own version in the Main web.
Main.WikiUsers
topic contains all the registered users. It is not included in the Foswiki distribution, so that your list of users will not be overwritten on upgrades. When the first user is registered in Foswiki, the Main.WikiUsers
topic is created on demand.
working
directory {WorkingDir}
in the General path settings
pane on the configure
page defines the location of a working directory for various subdirectories for use by Foswiki. The default value for this setting is the working
subdirectory within the installation root directory for the Foswiki installation.
The subdirectories within the working directory include the following:
registration_approvals
— previously located in the data/ directory
tmp
— avoids security issues with using the /tmp directory
work_areas
— previously located in the pub/ directory.
Note: Remember to restrict access to this new directory when you upgrade.
If you have your own scheduled task to delete obsolete session files, note they are now located in theworking/tmp/
subdirectory.
configure
page. The internal admin username can be configured in the {AdminUserLogin}
setting in the Security setup
pane on the configure
page.
In order to add an initial user to the default {SuperAdminGroup}
, Main.AdminGroup, you must login as the internal admin user using the link on the Main.AdminGroup page.
An additional security feature has been added to Foswiki 1.0.5 so that saving data now requires the http method POST. This means that it is no longer possible to store data via an "<a href=..." link or img tag. It also means that if you have an application with an HTML form that creates new topics you must specify in the form tag method="post". This change is done to further tighten the security of Foswiki.
<form name="new" action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{"save"}%/Sandbox/" method="post"> ... </form>
The template webs _default and _empty are frequent targets for spammers because these webs are normally not monitored very carefully by the community around a Foswiki installation. These webs are now write protected so on an administrator can edit topics in these webs. When an administrator creates a new web it is important to remember to remove the access restriction from the WebPreferences in the new web.
If these new countermeasures against CSRF creates problems for your users and your applications, you can alter the way the protection works or disable it. These are the configure parameters you need to visit (note that some are expert settings).
{Validation}{Method}
is by default "strikeone" which is the highest level of security and requires that users have Javascript enabled. You can lower this setting to "embedded" which uses a less safe validation method but does not require javascript. If you want to disable CSRF protection set it to "none". It is highly recommended to keep it at "strikeone".
{Validation}{ValidForTime}
is the time the validation key is valid. It is by default 1 hour. If your users often edit pages longer you can increase this time. Your users can still save pages with an expired validation key but they will be asked to confirm the saving.
{Validation}{MaxKeysPerSession}
is the maximum number of validation keys to store in a session. There is one key stored for each page rendered. If the number of keys exceeds this number, the oldest keys will be force-expired to bring the number down. If you have users that are very fast at editing pages and experience expired keys, you can increase this number. The default is 1000 and should be much higher than any normal person will experience.
{Validation}{ExpireKeyOnUse}
defines if validation keys expire when they are used for storing data. This prevents an attacker from evesdropping communication between server and browser and reuse keys. Unfortunately it also means that if a user edits a page, saves it, uses the back button of the browser, corrects his previous editing, and then saves again, he is asked to confirm that he intended to save the topic. Another use case is if you create an application with multiple forms and multiple submit buttons on a topic and you submit multiple times from this topic without navigating away from it, you will be asked to confirm the submission each time. If this is not acceptable to your use of Foswiki, you can turn off {Validation}{ExpireKeyOnUse}
.
Authentication, or "login", is the process by which a user lets Foswiki know who they are.
Authentication isn't just to do with access control. Foswiki uses authentication to keep track of who made changes, and manage a wide range of personal settings. With authentication enabled, users can personalise Foswiki and contribute as recognised individuals, instead of shadows.Foswiki authentication is very flexible, and can either stand alone or integrate with existing authentication schemes. You can set up Foswiki to require authentication for every access, or only for changes. Authentication is also essential for access control.
Quick Authentication Test - Use the %USERINFO% macro to return your current identity:Foswiki user authentication is split into four sections; password management, user mapping, user registration, and login management. Password management deals with how users personal data is stored. Registration deals with how new users are added to the wiki. Login management deals with how users log in.
Once a user is logged on, they can be remembered using a Client Session stored in a cookie in the browser (or by other less elegant means if the user has disabled cookies). This avoids them having to log on again and again. Foswiki user authentication is configured through the Security Settings pane in the configure interface.Please note FileAttachments are not protected by Foswiki User Authentication.
.htpasswd
files on the server. These files can be unique to Foswiki, or can be shared with other applications (such as an Apache webserver). A variety of password encodings are supported for flexibility when re-using existing files. See the descriptive comments in the Security Settings section of the configure interface for more details.
.htpasswd
file to also store the email addresses of registered users. If the .htpasswd
file will be shared with another application, it is critical to preserve the email address stored as the last field in each line of the file.
You can easily plug in alternate password management modules to support interfaces to other third-party authentication databases.
The password manager is selected using the{PasswordManager}
setting in configure
.
Usually when you are using an external authentication method, you want to map from an unfriendly "login name" to a more friendly WikiName. Also, an external authentication database may well have user information you want to import to Foswiki, such as user groups.
By default, Foswiki supports mapping of usernames to wikinames, and supports Foswiki groups internal to Foswiki. If you want, you can plug in an alternate user mapping module to support import of groups etc.
The user mapping manager is selected using the{UserMappingManager}
setting in configure
.
The registration process is also responsible for creating user topics, and setting up the mapping information used by the User Mapping support.
See Custom registration page for changing the user registration page.{LoginManager}
setting in configure
.
none
) Does exactly what it says on the tin. Forget about authentication to make your site completely public - anyone can browse and edit freely, in classic Wiki style. All visitors are given the Main.WikiGuest default identity, so you can't track individual user activity.
Note: This setup is not recommended on public websites for security reasons; anyone would be able to change system settings and perform tasks usually restricted to administrators.
Foswiki::LoginManager::TemplateLogin
) Template Login asks for a username and password in a web page, and processes them using whatever Password Manager you choose. Users can log in and log out. Client Sessions are used to remember users. Users can choose to have their session remembered so they will automatically be logged in the next time they start their browser.
By default, your Foswiki installation is probably already using TemplateLogin, HtPasswdUser and TopicUserMappingContrib as the defaultLogin
,Password
anduser mapping
options.
Login
tab on the Security and Authentication
panel. Select the Foswiki::LoginManager::TemplateLogin
login manager.
Passwords
tab. Select the appropriate PasswordManager
for your system - the default is Foswiki::Users::HtPasswdUser
. There is also an EXPERT configure setting {TemplateLogin}{PreventBrowserRememberingPassword}
that you can set to prevent Browsers from remembering username and passwords if you are concerned about public terminal usage.
HtPasswdUser
(the default), check the .htpasswd
file is being updated correctly with a new entry. If not, check {Htpasswd}{FileName}
is correct (under Security and Authentication
on the Password
tab in configure
), and that the webserver user has write permission.
This is a very important step, as users in this group can access all topics, independent of Foswiki access controls.
AccessControl has more information on setting up access controls.
Foswiki AccessControls do not protect topic attachments unless the web server has been configured to do so using the viewfile
script. Visit Foswiki:Support.ApacheConfigGenerator for examples using Apache.
As Template Login uses a wiki page for its login prompt, there is a great deal of flexibility in customizing the login page for your purposes.
The default new user template page is in System.NewUserTemplate. The same macros get expanded as in the template topics. You can create a custom new user topic by creating the NewUserTemplate topic in Main web, which will then override the default in System web. See System.UserForm for copy instructions.
EXCLUDED_
from the INCLUDE
tags) or add new ones.
New fields may also be added. The name=""
parameter of the <input>
tags must start with: "Fwk0..."
(if this is an optional entry), or "Fwk1..."
(if this is a required entry). This ensures that the fields are carried over into the user home page correctly.
There are two registration scenarios that apply:
Self-registration by Guest users
Registration by logged-in users
Note: During registration, if it turns out that the current user or Main.RegistrationAgent doesn't have permission to update the group topic, the group update will be silently skipped. The user will still be albe to register.
See DefaultPreferences#RegistrationOptions for further details. Copy the settings into Main.SitePreferences to make them active.
With Apache Login enabled, when Foswiki needs to authenticate the user, the standard HTTP authentication mechanism is used: the browser itself will prompt for a user name and password.
The advantage of this scheme is that if you have an existing website authentication scheme using Apache modules such asmod_auth_ldap
or mod_auth_mysql
you can just plug in to them directly.
The disadvantage is that because the user identity is cached in the browser, you can log in, but you can't log out again unless you restart the browser.
Foswiki maps theREMOTE_USER
that was used to log in to the webserver to a WikiName using the table in Main.WikiUsers. This table is updated whenever a user registers, so users can choose not to register (in which case their webserver login name is used for their signature) or register (in which case that login name is mapped to their WikiName).
The same private .htpasswd
file used in Foswiki Template Login can be used to authenticate Apache users, using the Apache Basic Authentication support.
Do not use the Apachehtpasswd
program with.htpasswd
files generated by Foswiki!htpasswd
wipes out email addresses that Foswiki plants in the info fields of this file. Apache Login is required for Apache-based login methods such as mod_ldap You can use any Apache authentication module that sets theREMOTE_USER
environment variable.
To setup Apache Login, perform the following steps:
Security and Authentication
pane on the Login
tab in configure
: Foswiki::LoginManager::ApacheLogin
for {LoginManager}
.
Foswiki::Users::HtPasswdUser
for {PasswordManager}
.
Foswiki::Users::TopicUserMapping
for {UserMappingManager}
.
foswiki/bin-htaccess.txt
file to set the following Apache directives on the bin
scripts: <FilesMatch "(attach|edit|manage|rename|save|upload|mail|logon|rest|.*auth).*"> require valid-user </FilesMatch>You can also refer to the sample
foswiki_httpd_conf.txt
and bin-htaccess.txt
files to see how the appropriate Apache directives are specified.
HtPasswdUser
(the default), check the .htpasswd
file is being updated correctly with a new entry. If not, check {Htpasswd}{FileName}
is correct (under Security and Authentication
on the Password
tab in configure
), and that the webserver user has write permission.
This is a very important step, as users in this group can access all topics, independent of Foswiki access controls.
Any time a user requests a page that needs authentication, they will be forced to log on. It may be convenient to have a "logon" link as well, to give the system a chance to identify the user and retrieve their personal settings. It may be convenient to force them to log on.
Thebin/logon
script enables this. If you are using Apache Login, the bin/logon
script must be setup in the Apache configuration or bin/.htaccess
file to be a script which requires a valid user
. Once authenticated, it will redirect the user to the view URL for the page from which the logon
script was linked.
To make use of these features, use the tags:
%SESSION_VARIABLE{ "varName" }% %SESSION_VARIABLE{ "varName" set="varValue" }% %SESSION_VARIABLE{ "varName" clear="" }%
Access controls cannot be modified in this way
Foswiki normally uses cookies to store session information on a client computer. Cookies are a common way to pass session information from client to server. Foswiki cookies simply hold a unique session identifier that is used to look up a database of session information on the Foswiki server.
For a number of reasons, it may not be possible to use cookies. In this case, Foswiki has a fallback mechanism; it will automatically rewrite every internal URL it sees on pages being generated to one that also passes session information.
This section applies only if you are using authentication with existing login names (i.e. mapping from login names to WikiNames).
Foswiki internally manages two usernames: Login Username and Foswiki Username.
REMOTE_USER
environment variable, and used internally. Login Usernames are maintained by your system administrator.
JohnSmith
, is recorded when you register using UserRegistration; doing so also generates a personal home page in the Main web.
{AllowLoginName}
is enabled in configure. The default is to use your WikiName as a login name.
NOTE: To correctly enter a WikiName - your own or someone else's - be sure to include the Main web name in front of the Wiki username, followed by a period, and no spaces, for exampleMain.WikiUsername
or%USERSWEB%.WikiUsername
. This pointsWikiUsername
to the Main web, where user home pages are located, no matter which web it's entered in. Without the web prefix, the name appears as a NewTopic everywhere but in the Main web.
{PasswordManager}
supports password changing, you can change and reset passwords using forms on regular pages.
Foswiki/ChangePassword
)
Foswiki/ResetPassword
)
{PasswordManager}
does not support password changing, the ChangePassword and ResetPassword will show a simple message. This message is defined iby the setting CHANGEPASSWORDDISABLEDMESSAGE in System.DefaultPreferences. You can redefine this setting by copying it to Main.SitePreferences and change it to include a link to the password management website of your organisation.
{PasswordManager}
supports storage and retrieval of user e-mail addresses, you can change your e-mail using a regular page. As shipped, this is true only for the Apache 'htpasswd' password manager.
Foswiki/ChangeEmailAddress
)
{PasswordManager}
does not support password changing, ChangeEmailAddress will guide the user to define the email address in the user topic.
edit
and save
must be removed from the list of scripts requiring authentication. {AuthScripts}
list using configure
bin/.htaccess
, or from the FilesMatch line in the Apache configuration.
One of the key features of Foswiki is that it is possible to add HTML to topics. No authentication method is 100% secure on a website where end users can add HTML, as there is always a risk that a malicious user can add code to a topic that gathers user information, such as session IDs. The Foswiki developers have been forced to make certain tradeoffs, in the pursuit of efficiency, that may be exploited by a hacker.
This section discusses some of the known risks. You can be sure that any potential hackers have read this section as well!
At one extreme, the most secure method is to use Foswiki via SSL (Secure Sockets Layer), with a login manager installed and Client Sessions turned off. Using Foswiki with sessions turned off is a pain, though, as with all the login managers there are occasions where Foswiki will forget who you are. The best user experience is achieved with sessions turned on. As soon as you allow the server to maintain information about a logged-in user, you open a door to potential attacks. There are a variety of ways a malicious user can pervert Foswiki to obtain another users session ID, the most common of which is known as a cross-site scripting attack. Once a hacker has an SID they can pretend to be that user. To help prevent these sorts of attacks, Foswiki supports IP matching, which ensures that the IP address of the user requesting a specific session is the same as the IP address of the user who created the session. This works well as long as IP addresses are unique to each client, and as long as the IP address of the client can't be faked.Session IDs are usually stored by Foswiki in cookies, which are stored in the client browser. Cookies work well, but not all environments or users permit cookies to be stored in browsers. So Foswiki also supports two other methods of determining the session ID. The first method uses the client IP address to determine the session ID. The second uses a rewriting method that rewrites local URLs in Foswiki pages to include the session ID in the URL.
The first method works well as long as IP addresses are unique to each individual client, and client IP addresses can't be faked by a hacker. If IP addresses are unique and can't be faked, it is almost as secure as cookies + IP matching, so it ranks as the fourth most secure method.If you have to turn IP matching off, and cookies can't be relied on, then you may have to rely on the second method, URL rewriting. This method exposes the session IDs very publicly, so should be regarded as "rather dodgy".
Most Foswiki sites don't use SSL, so, as is the case with most sites that don't use SSL, there is always a possibility that a password could be picked out of the aether. Browsers do not encrypt passwords sent over non-SSL links, so using Apache Login is no more secure than Template Login. Of the two shipped login managers, Apache Login is probably the most useful. It lets you do this sort of thing: wget --http-user=RogerRabbit --http-password=i'mnottelling http://www.example.com/bin/save/Sandbox/StuffAUTOINC0?text=hohoho,%20this%20is%20interesting i.e. pass in a user and password to a request from the command-line. However it doesn't let you log out.Template Login degrades to url re-writing when you use a client like dillo that does not support cookies. However, you can log out and back in as a different user.
Finally, it would be really neat if someone was to work out how to use certificates to identify users.....
See Foswiki:Support.SupplementalDocuments for more information. Back to topAccess Control allows you restrict access to single topics and entire webs, by individual user and by user Groups. Access control, combined with UserAuthentication, lets you easily create and manage an extremely flexible, fine-grained privilege system.
Access control is based on the familiar concept of users and groups. Users are defined by their WikiNames. They can then be organized in unlimited combinations by inclusion in one or more user Groups. Groups can also be included in other Groups.
Your local Foswiki may have an alternate user mapping manager installed which doesn't support user registration. Check with your Wiki administrator if you are in doubt.
The following describes the standard Foswiki support for groups. Your local Foswiki may have an alternate group mapping manager installed. Check with your Wiki administrator if you are in doubt.
Groups are defined by group topics located in theMain
web. To create a new group, visit Main.WikiGroups. You will find a "Create a new group" link at the top which reveals a form to create a new group. Enter the name of the new group ending in Group
into the "Group Name" form field and the initial members in the "Members" field. This creates a new group topic.
By default any member of a group has access rights to both adding and removing users from the group through the nice user interface. If you need to limit this access further, change the ALLOWTOPICCHANGE setting through "More Topic Action" -> "Edit topic preference settings".
TheALLOWTOPICCHANGE
setting defines who is allowed to change the group topic; it is a comma delimited list of users and groups. You typically want to restrict that to the members of the group itself, so it should contain the name of the topic. This prevents users not in the group from editing the topic to give themselves or others access. For example, for the KasabianGroup topic write: Set ALLOWTOPICCHANGE = Main.KasabianGroup
Foswiki has strict formatting rules. Make sure you have three spaces, an asterisk, and an extra space in front of any access control rule. See below for more information about ALLOWTOPICCHANGE.Background: A group topic is an empty topic with 3 hidden preference settings.
Foswiki 1.1 introduced the smart user interface for adding and removing members of a group. Group topics from prior versions of Foswiki will still work. These have the GROUP setting visible in the topic text itself and you edit it by editing the topic. Foswiki 1.1 Main.WikiGroups will show these old group topics with an "Upgrade Group Topic button". The administrator can upgrade an old group topic to the nice new user interface with one easy click.
- GROUP: Comma separated list of users and/or groups
- ALLOWTOPICCHANGE: Comma separated list of users and groups that are allowed to add and remove users from the group
- VIEW_TEMPLATE: Always set to the value
GroupView
. This alters the way the topic is presented to include a nice user interface for adding and removing users.
AdminGroup
. The system administrator may have chosen a different name for this group if your local Foswiki uses an alternate group mapping manager, but for simplicity we will use the default name AdminGroup in the rest of this topic.
You can create new administrators simply by adding them to the Main.AdminGroup topic. For example, Set GROUP = Main.ElizabethWindsor, Main.TonyBlair
ALLOW
or DENY
, _context is TOPIC
, WEB
, or ROOT
, and mode is VIEW
, CHANGE
, or RENAME
. For example, the preference ALLOWWEBCHANGE
lists who is allowed to change
topics in the current web.
There is an important distinction between CHANGE access and RENAME access. A user can CHANGE a topic, but thanks to version control their changes cannot be lost (the history of the topic before the change is recorded). However if a topic or web is renamed, that history may be lost. Typically a site will only give RENAME access to administrators and content owners. Note that ALLOWWEBxxx and DENYWEBxxx preferences can only be set in WebPreferences topics. You cannot define a site level access. Each web must be protected on their own. Subwebs inherit access settings from the parent web. See next section. Note that ALLOWTOPICxxx and DENYTOPICxxx preferences apply only to the topic itself. Be warned that some plugins may not respect access permissions. FINALPREFERENCES affects access controls, allowing you to prevent changes to access control settings while still allowing edit access to topics.
You can define restrictions on who is allowed to view a Foswiki web. You can restrict access to certain webs to selected users and groups, by:
Set DENYWEBVIEW = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
Set ALLOWWEBVIEW = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
Set DENYWEBCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
Set ALLOWWEBCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
Set DENYWEBRENAME = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
Set ALLOWWEBRENAME = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
ALLOWWEBVIEW
set, this will also apply to the subweb. Also note that you will need to ensure that the parent web's FINALPREFERENCES
does not include the access control settings listed above. Otherwise you will not be able override the parent web's access control settings in sub-webs.
Creation and renaming of sub-webs is controlled by the WEBCHANGE setting on the parent web (or ROOTCHANGE for root webs). Renaming is additionally restricted by the setting of WEBRENAME in the web itself.
Set DENYTOPICVIEW = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
Set ALLOWTOPICVIEW = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
Set DENYTOPICCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
Set ALLOWTOPICCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
Set DENYTOPICRENAME = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
Set ALLOWTOPICRENAME = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
Caution! Settings are always taken from the latest (current) revision of a topic. If older revisions of a topic had more restrictive access controls, they will not be used when accessing the older revision.
Remember when opening up access to specific topics within a restricted web that other topics in the web - for example, the WebLeftBar - may also be accessed when viewing the topics. The message you get when you are denied access should tell you what topic you were not permitted to access.
Be careful with empty values for any of these.Set ALLOWTOPICVIEW =
Set DENYTOPICVIEW =
The same rules apply to ALLOWTOPICCHANGE/DENYTOPICCHANGE and APPLYTOPICRENAME/DENYTOPICRENAME. Setting ALLOWTOPICCHANGE or ALLOWTOPICRENAME to en empty value means the same as not defining it. Setting DENYTOPICCHANGE or DENYTOPICRENAME to an empty value means that anyone can edit or rename the topic.
If the same setting is defined multiple times the last one overrides the previous. They are not OR'ed together. Setting to an empty value has caused confusion and great debate and it has been decided that the empty setting syntax will be replaced by something which is easier to understand in a later version of Foswiki. A method to upgrade will be provided. Please read the release notes carefully when you upgrade.
See "How Foswiki evaluates ALLOW/DENY settings" below for more on how ALLOW and DENY interacts.
mod_rewrite
module, and configure your webserver to redirect accesses to attachments to the Foswiki viewfile
script. For example,
ScriptAlias /foswiki/bin/ /filesystem/path/to/bin/ Alias /foswiki/pub/ /filesystem/path/to/pub/ RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{REQUEST_URI} !^/+foswiki/+pub/+System/+.+ RewriteRule ^/+foswiki/+pub/+([^/]+)((/+([^/]+))+)/+(.+) /foswiki/bin/viewfile/$1/$2?filename=$5 [L,PT]
That way all the controls that apply to the topic also apply to attachments to the topic. Other types of webserver have similar support.
Images embedded in topics will load much slower since each image will be delivered by the viewfile
script.
Set DENYROOTCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
Set ALLOWROOTCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of users and groups >
ROOTCHANGE
access to rename an existing top-level web. You just need WEBCHANGE
in the web itself.
Settings are only read from the most current (latest) revision of a topic. Settings from older revisions are never used, even when viewing an older revision with the rdiff
script
Attention: Use this with caution. This is deprecated and will likely change in the next release.
ALLOWTOPICVIEW and ALLOWTOPICCHANGE only applies to the topic in which the settings are defined. If a topic A includes another topic B, topic A does not inherit the access rights of the included topic B.
Examples: Topic A includes topic B
NOSEARCHALL
setting in WebPreferences. It does the following: all webs
search option from accessing the web
* Set NOSEARCHALL = on
This setup can be useful to hide a new web until content its ready for deployment, or reduce clutter in the WebLeftBar and default search results when restricted access is not desired.
SettingNOSEARCHALL
to any value other than the empty string will hide a web. SettingNOSEARCHALL = off
will have the same effect as setting it toon
Obfuscating a web without setting view access control is very insecure, as anyone who knows the URL can access the web, and explicit searches naming that web will also work. For security purposes it is better to use the ALLOW or DENY VIEW settings in the WebPreferences topic.%SEARCH%
and%WEBLIST%
will not show any results for webs that the current user does not have permission to view.
With this configuration, someone with access to the site needs to register new users. ResetPassword will also have to be done by administrators.
bin
and pub
directories to all but valid users. In the Apache .htaccess
file or the appropriate .conf
file, replace the <FilesMatch "(attach|edit|...
section with this:
<FilesMatch ".*"> require valid-user </FilesMatch>
If needed, you can further restrict access to selected webs with ALLOWWEBVIEW and other access control settings.
foswiki/bin
directory (except for login
, logon
and configure
) to the list of {AuthScripts}
in configure. For a default Foswiki installation:
{AuthScripts} = 'attach,compareauth,edit,manage,previewauth,rdiffauth,rename,rest,restauth,save,statistics,upload,viewauth,viewfileauth';
{AuthScripts} = 'attach,changes,compare,compareauth,edit,manage,oops,preview,previewauth,rdiff,rdiffauth,register,rename,resetpasswd,rest,restauth,save,search,statistics,upload,view,viewauth,viewfile,viewfileauth
If you install extensions that add scripts, you must also remember to add the new scripts to this list or the new scripts will not be protected.
Use the following setup to authenticate users for topic viewing in all webs and to restrict access to selected webs. Requires UserAuthentication to be enabled.
WebPreferences
in all webs. Set DENYWEBVIEW = WikiGuest
Set ALLOWWEBVIEW = < list of users and groups >
DENYWEBVIEW
is evaluated before ALLOWWEBVIEW
. Access is denied if the authenticated person is in the DENYWEBVIEW
list, or not in the ALLOWWEBVIEW
list. Access is granted if DENYWEBVIEW
and ALLOWWEBVIEW
are not defined.
In rare cases it may be required to authenticate the view script. This can in some cases have a dramatic performance hit because the webserver must re-authenticate for every page view.
require valid-user
on your view
script in .htaccess or the appropriate Apache .conf file. This looks like: FilesMatch "(attach|edit|manage|rename|save|view|upload|mail|logon|.*auth).*"
(normally view
is not in that list).
Use the following setup to provide unrestricted viewing access to open webs, with authentication only on selected webs. Requires UserAuthentication to be enabled.
Set DENYWEBVIEW = < list of users and groups >
Set ALLOWWEBVIEW = < list of users and groups >
DENYWEBVIEW
is evaluated before ALLOWWEBVIEW
. Access is denied if the authenticated person is in the DENYWEBVIEW
list, or not in the ALLOWWEBVIEW
list. Access is granted if DENYWEBVIEW
and ALLOWWEBVIEW
are not defined.
%SHOWPREFERENCE{"DENYWEBVIEW,ALLOWWEBVIEW,DENYWEBCHANGE,ALLOWWEBCHANGE,DENYWEBRENAME,ALLOWWEBRENAME"}%For this topic, this displays:
Edit topic preference settings
under More topic actions
menu. Preferences set in this manner are not visible in the topic text, but take effect nevertheless. Access control settings added as topic preference settings are stored in the topic meta data and they override settings defined in the topic text.
Alternatively, place them in HTML comment markers, but this exposes the access setting during ordinary editing.
<!--Back to top
* Set DENYTOPICCHANGE = Main.SomeGroup
-->
Working in Foswiki is as easy as typing in text. You don't need to know HTML, though you can use it if you prefer. Links to topics are created automatically when you enter WikiWords. And Foswiki shorthand gives you all the power of HTML with a simple coding system that takes no time to learn. It's all laid out below.
Formatting Command: | You write: | You get: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Paragraphs: Blank lines will create new paragraphs. |
1st paragraph 2nd paragraph |
1st paragraph 2nd paragraph |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Headings: Three or more dashes at the beginning of a line, followed by plus signs and the heading text. One plus creates a top level heading, two pluses a second level heading, etc. The maximum heading depth is 6. You can create a table of contents with the %TOC% macro. If you want to exclude a heading from the TOC, put !! after the ---+ .
Empty headings are allowed, but won't appear in the table of contents.
|
---++ Sushi ---+++ Maguro ---+++!! Not in TOC |
SushiMaguroNot in TOC |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bold Text: Words get shown in bold by enclosing them in * asterisks.
|
*Bold* | Bold | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Italic Text: Words get shown in italic by enclosing them in _ underscores.
|
_Italic_ | Italic | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bold Italic: Words get shown in bold italic by enclosing them in __ double-underscores.
|
__Bold italic__ | Bold italic | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed Font: Words get shown in fixed font by enclosing them in = equal signs.
|
=Fixed font= |
Fixed font
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bold Fixed Font: Words get shown in bold fixed font by enclosing them in double equal signs.
|
==Bold fixed== |
Bold fixed
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
You can follow the closing bold, italic, or other (* _ __ = == ) indicator
with normal punctuation, such as commas and full stops.
Make sure there is no space between the text and the indicators.
|
_This works_, _this does not _ |
This works, _this does not _ |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Verbatim (Literal) Text: Surround code excerpts and other formatted text with <verbatim> and </verbatim> tags.verbatim tags disable HTML code. Use <pre> and </pre> tags instead if you want the HTML code within the tags to be interpreted.Preferences settings (* Set NAME = value) are set within verbatim tags. |
<verbatim> class CatAnimal { void purr() { <code here> } } </verbatim> |
class CatAnimal { void purr() { <code here> } } |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Verbatim (Literal) Code Highlighting: Surround code excerpts and other formatted text e.g. with <verbatim class="bash"> and </verbatim> tags.This type of code highlighting is based on Chili - the jQuery code highlighter plugin. Please find supported class attributes in System.JQueryChili. verbatim tags disable HTML code. Use <pre class="bash"> and </pre> tags instead if you want the HTML code within the tags to be interpreted.Preferences settings (* Set NAME = value) are set within verbatim tags. |
<verbatim class="bash"> #!/bin/bash while [ -n "$(ls . ~/ \ ~/pub* /var/www 2>/dev/null \ | fgrep foswiki )" ] ; do clear printf "\nFoswiki rules!\n" sleep 10 clear printf "\nFoswiki still rules!\n" sleep 10 done; exit 0 </verbatim> |
#!/bin/bash while [ -n "$(ls . ~/ \ ~/pub* /var/www 2>/dev/null \ | fgrep foswiki )" ] ; do clear printf "\nFoswiki rules!\n" sleep 10 clear printf "\nFoswiki still rules!\n" sleep 10 done; exit 0 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Separator (Horizontal Rule): Three or more three dashes at the beginning of a line.. |
--- |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bulleted List: Multiple of three spaces, an asterisk, and another space. For all the list types, you can break a list item over several lines by indenting lines after the first one by at least 3 spaces. |
* level 1 * level 2 * back on 1 * A bullet broken over three lines * last bullet |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Numbered List: Multiple of three spaces, a type character, a dot, and another space. Several types are available besides a number:
|
1. Sushi 1. Dim Sum 1. Fondue A. Sushi A. Dim Sum A. Fondue i. Sushi i. Dim Sum i. Fondue |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Definition List: Three spaces, a dollar sign, the term, a colon, a space, followed by the definition. |
$ Sushi: Japan $ Dim Sum: S.F. |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Definition List: (deprecated) Three spaces, the term (a single word, no spaces), a colon, a space, followed by the definition. |
Sushi: Japan Dim-Sum: S.F. |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Table: Each row of the table is a line containing of one or more cells. Each cell starts and ends with a vertical bar '|'. Any spaces at the beginning of a line are ignored.
|^| multiple-span row functionality and additional rendering features
|
| *L* | *C* | *R* | | A2 | B2 | C2 | | A3 | B3 | C3 | | multi span ||| | A5-7 | 5 | 5 | |^| six | six | |^| seven | seven | | split\ | over\ | 3 lines | | A9 | B9 | C9 | | %CARET% | B10 |%VBAR%| | ^ | B11 ||| |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
WikiWord Links: CapitalizedWordsStuckTogether (or WikiWords) will produce a link automatically if preceded by whitespace or parenthesis. If you want to link to a topic in a different web write Otherweb.TopicName . To link to a topic in a subweb write Otherweb.Subweb.TopicName .The link label excludes the name of the web, e.g. only the topic name is shown. As an exception, the name of the web is shown for the WebHome topic. Dots '.' are used to separate webs and subwebs from topic names and therefore cannot be used in topic names.
It's generally a good idea to use the macros %SYSTEMWEB%, %SANDBOXWEB% and %USERSWEB% instead of System, Sandbox and Main.
|
%STATISTICSTOPIC% %SANDBOXWEB%.WebNotify %SANDBOXWEB%.WebHome %SANDBOXWEB%.Subweb.TopicName |
WebStatistics Sandbox.WebNotify Sandbox.WebHome TopicName |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Acronym Links: Words that are all capitals will produce a link automatically only if the topic already exists!. |
ACRONYM %SYSTEMWEB%.ACRONYM |
ACRONYM System.ACRONYM |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Anchors: You can define a reference inside a topic (called an anchor name) and link to that. To define an anchor write #AnchorName at the beginning of a line. The anchor name must be a WikiWord of no more than 32 characters. To link to an anchor name use the [[MyTopic#MyAnchor]] syntax. You can omit the topic name if you want to link within the same topic.
|
[[WikiWord#NotThere]] [[#MyAnchor][Jump]] #MyAnchor To here | WikiWord#NotThere Jump To here | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forced Links: You can create a forced internal link by enclosing words in double square brackets. Text within the brackets may contain optional spaces; the topic name is formed by capitalizing the initial letter and by removing the spaces; for example, [[wiki syntax]] links to topic WikiSyntax. You can also refer to a different web and use anchors.
To "escape" double square brackets that would otherwise make a link, prefix the leading left square bracket with an exclamation point. |
[[wiki syntax]] [[Main.Wiki groups]] escaped: ![[wiki syntax]] | wiki syntax Main.Wiki groups escaped: [[wiki syntax]] | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Specific Links: You can create a link where you specify the link text and the URL separately using nested square brackets [[reference][text]] . Internal link references (e.g. WikiSyntax) and URLs (e.g. http://foswiki.org/) are both supported.
The rules described under Forced Links apply for internal link references.
Anchor names can be added as well, to create a link to a specific place in a topic. |
[[WikiSyntax][wiki syntax]] [[http://gnu.org][GNU]] | wiki syntax GNU | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Prevent a Link: Prevent a WikiWord from being linked by prepending it with an exclamation point. |
!SunOS | SunOS | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Disable Links: You can disable automatic linking of WikiWords by surrounding text with <noautolink> and </noautolink> tags.It is possible to turn off all auto-linking with a NOAUTOLINK preference setting. |
<noautolink> RedHat & SuSE </noautolink> | RedHat & SuSE | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mailto Links: E-mail addresses are linked automatically. To create e-mail links that have more descriptive link text, specify subject lines or message bodies, or omit the e-mail address, you can write [[mailto:user@domain][descriptive text]] .
|
a@b.com [[mailto:a@b.com][Mail]] [[mailto:?subject=Hi][Hi]] | a@b.DELETE_NO_SPAM..com Mail Hi | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Literal content: Foswiki generates HTML code from TML shorthand. Experts surround anything that must be output literally in the HTML code, without the application of shorthand rules, with <literal>..</literal> tags.
Any HTML within literal tags must be well formed i.e. all tags must be properly closed before the end of the literal block. Macros are expanded within literal blocks. |
<literal> | Not | A | Table | </literal> |
| Not | A | Table | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Protected content: Experts protect text from mangling by WYSIWYG editors using <sticky>..</sticky> tags. Sticky tags don't have any effect on normal
topic display; they are only relevant when content has to be
protected from a WYSIWYG editor (usually because it isn't well-formed HTML, or because it
is HTML that WYSIWYG would normally filter out or modify). Protected
content appears as plain text in the WYSIWYG editor.
Any HTML within sticky tags must be well formed i.e. all tags must be properly closed before the end of the sticky block. Macros are expanded within sticky blocks. |
<sticky> <div> This div %RED%is%ENDCOLOR% required </div> </sticky> |
This div
is
required
|
<strike>deleted text</strike>
to get <literal>..</literal>
tags around blocks of HTML to avoid accidental interpretation of Wiki syntax within the HTML.
Script tags may be filtered out, at the discretion of your Wiki administrator.Recommendations when pasting HTML from other sources (using the plain-text editor):
<body>
and </body>
tags.
<p />
paragraph tags on empty lines, which causes problems if done between HTML tags that do not allow paragraph tags, like for example between table tags.
<...>
- of a HTML tag are on the same line, or the tag will be broken.
LinkProtocolPattern
, which by default is set to (file|ftp|gopher|https|http|irc|mailto|news|nntp|telnet)
, are linked automatically. You might change this setting to add more protocols (such as smb). LinkProtocolPattern
is an expert setting in the Foswiki configuration and can only be changed by a systems administrator.
Thus, all lines containing: file://...
ftp://...
gopher://...
https://...
http://...
irc://...
mailto:...@...
news://...
nntp://...
telnet://...
are linked automatically.
name@domain.com
are linked automatically.
[[Square bracket rules]]
let you easily create non-WikiWord links. [[http://yahoo.com Yahoo home page]]
as an easier way of doing external links with descriptive text for the link, such as Yahoo home page.
%TOPIC%
is expanded to TextFormattingRules, the title of this topic.
Some macros can take arguments in curly braces - for example, %INCLUDE{"OtherTopic" ARG="arg"}%
.
Many macro definitions are built-in, and others (preference settings) are predefined for your convenience. You can also define your own
preference settings at the entire site, individual web, or individual topic level. For more information, see Macros
Macros are fully expanded before any of the text formatting rules are applied.
%PLUGINDESCRIPTIONS%
:
Foswiki formatting rules are fairly simple to use and quick to type. However, there are some things to watch out for:
<filename>
is not displayed. How can I show it as it is? '<'
and '>'
characters have a special meaning in HTML, they define HTML tags. You need to escape them, so write '<'
instead of '<'
, and '>'
instead of '>'
. 'prog <filename>'
to get 'prog <filename>'
.
'&'
character sometimes not displayed? '&'
character has a special meaning in HTML, it starts a so called character entity, i.e. '©'
is the ©
copyright character. You need to escape '&'
to see it as it is, so write '&'
instead of '&'
. 'This & that'
to get 'This & that'
.
Macros are text strings in one of two forms:
%MACRONAME% %MACRONAME{ parameter="value" }%These usually expand into content when a topic is rendered for viewing. There are two types of macros:
%CALC{}%
macro)
%T%
to get (a preference settings)
%TOPIC%
to get Macros
(a predefined macro)
%CALC{ "$UPPER(Text)" }%
to get TEXT
(CALC is a macro defined by SpreadSheetPlugin)
!%TOPIC%
to get %TOPIC%
<nop>
anywhere in the macro, Eg. %<nop>TOPIC%
%ALLVARIABLES%
to get a full listing of all macros defined for a particular topic
default
parameter, in which case the value of the default
parameter will replace the macro call in the output. For example, %UNDEFINED{default="blank"}%
will expand to blank
.
Not those that use commonTagsHandler()
Notable exceptions include: CALC, STARTSECTION/ENDSECTION, STARTINCLUDE/STOPINCLUDE
%MACRO1{ something="%MACRO2{ somethingelse="%MACRO3%, %MACRO4%" }%" }%The macros are expanded in this order: MACRO3, MACRO4, MACRO2, MACRO1.
%INCLUDE{ "%QUERY{ "'%THETOPIC%'/%THEFIELD%" }%" section="Summary" }% * Set THETOPIC = %SYSTEMWEB%.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki * Set THEFIELD = TopicClassification
%INCLUDE{ "%QUERY{ "'%SYSTEMWEB%.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki'/%THEFIELD%" }%" section="Summary" }% * Set THETOPIC = %SYSTEMWEB%.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki * Set THEFIELD = TopicClassification
%INCLUDE{ "%QUERY{ "'%SYSTEMWEB%.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki'/TopicClassification" }%" section="Summary" }% * Set THETOPIC = %SYSTEMWEB%.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki * Set THEFIELD = TopicClassification
%INCLUDE{ "%QUERY{ "'System.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki'/TopicClassification" }%" section="Summary" }% * Set THETOPIC = %SYSTEMWEB%.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki * Set THEFIELD = TopicClassification
%INCLUDE{ "FrequentlyAskedQuestion" section="Summary" }% * Set THETOPIC = %SYSTEMWEB%.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki * Set THEFIELD = TopicClassification
These topics are for frequently asked questions including answers. * Set THETOPIC = %SYSTEMWEB%.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki * Set THEFIELD = TopicClassification
These topics are for frequently asked questions including answers. * Set THETOPIC = System.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki * Set THEFIELD = TopicClassification
%
, and escaping any "
character it uses (becomes \"
)
When working with a given macro, consult its documentation to determine which parameters support theExample:$percent/$percnt
format tokens. Generally only output parameters likeheader
,format
andfooter
support format tokens.
%MACRO1{ format="$percentMACRO2{ format=\"%MACRO3%, %MACRO4%\" }$percent" }%The macros are expanded in this order: MACRO3, MACRO4, MACRO1, MACRO2.
%SEARCH{ "info.date >= d2n('2009-01-01') AND info.date <= d2n('2009-12-31')" type="query" limit="2" nonoise="on" format=" * $percentICON{ \"$percentIF{ \"'$topic'/parent.name='%PARENT%'\" then=\"info\" else=\"gear\" }$percent\" }$percent [[$topic]]" }% ---- * Set PARENT = UserDocumentationCategory
%SEARCH{ "info.date >= d2n('2009-01-01') AND info.date <= d2n('2009-12-31')" type="query" limit="2" nonoise="on" format=" * $percentICON{ \"$percentIF{ \"'$topic'/parent.name='UserDocumentationCategory'\" then=\"info\" else=\"gear\" }$percent\" }$percent [[$topic]]" }% ---- * Set PARENT = UserDocumentationCategory
* %ICON{ "%IF{ "'AccessKeys'/parent.name='UserDocumentationCategory'" then="info" else="gear" }%" }% [[AccessKeys]] * %ICON{ "%IF{ "'AdminSkillsAssumptions'/parent.name='UserDocumentationCategory'" then="info" else="gear" }%" }% [[AdminSkillsAssumptions]] ---- * Set PARENT = UserDocumentationCategory
* %ICON{ "info" }% [[AccessKeys]] * %ICON{ "gear" }% [[AdminSkillsAssumptions]] ---- * Set PARENT = UserDocumentationCategory
* <img src="http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/pub/System/DocumentGraphics/info.png"/> [[AccessKeys]] * <img src="http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/pub/System/DocumentGraphics/gear.png"/> [[AdminSkillsAssumptions]] ---- * Set PARENT = UserDocumentationCategory
%MYVAR%
, %MyVar%
, %My2ndVar%
, and %My_Var%
are all separate, valid macro names (macros are case sensitive - %MyVAR%
and %MYVAR%
are not the same).
By convention all settings, predefined macros and macros registered by plugins are always UPPER-CASE.
%META:TOPICPARENT{name="AdminToolsCategory"}% #SettingPrefs
[multiple of 3 spaces] * [space] Set [space] MACRONAME [space] = [space] value
Example:
* Set WEBBGCOLOR = #FFFFC0Macros defined using preference settings are expanded by enclosing their name in percent signs. So when you write
%WEBBGCOLOR%
, it gets expanded to #FFD8AA
A preference macro is always taken from the most current topic revision, even when accessing previous revisions of a topic.
Preferences can be defined in a number of places:Set
statements which occur at numerically higher locations override macros of the same name defined at lower numbered levels, unless the macro was listed in a finalpreferences setting (finalised) at a lower-numbered level. in this case, the macro is locked to the value at that level; set
statements at higher-numbered levels are ignored.
3-spaces,asterisk,equals,value
* Set MYSETTING = My setting value
When using the Wysiwyg editor, click the "Bullet" button and write the setting as a simple bullet. Don't include the asterisk.
Spaces between the = sign and the value will be ignored. You can split a value over several lines by indenting following lines with spaces - as long as you don't try to use * as the first character on the following line.
Example:* Set MACRONAME = value starts here and continues here
Whatever you include in your macro will be expanded on display, exactly as if it had been entered directly (though see Parameters, below).
Example: Create a custom logo macro%MYLOGO%
, define the preference settings in the web's WebPreferences topic, and upload a logo file, ex: mylogo.gif
. You can upload by attaching the file to WebPreferences, or, to avoid clutter, to any other topic in the same web, e.g. LogoTopic
. Sample preference setting in WebPreferences:
* Set MYLOGO = %PUBURL%/%WEB%/LogoTopic/mylogo.gifPreference settings are case sensitive. (Foswiki by convention always writes settings in upper case.)
* Set lower = This is LOWER * Set LOWER = This is UPPER * Set LoWeR = This is MIXED Expand %lower%, %LOWER% and %LoWeR%Expand %lower%, %LOWER% and %LoWeR%. preference settings can easily be disabled with a # sign. Example:
* #Set DENYWEBCHANGE = %USERSWEB%.UnknownUser
<!-- * Set HIDDEN = This will be invisible in the output -->You can also set preference settings in a topic by clicking the link
Edit topic preference settings
under More topic actions
. Preferences set in this manner are known as 'meta' preferences and are not visible in the topic text, but take effect nevertheless.
Preview
will show the wrong thing, and you must Save
the topic to see it correctly.
Foswiki always reads the settings from the most current topic revision, so viewing older revisions of a topic can show unexpected results.
And especially important, preference settings are never overridden or set in "%INCLUDE{" topics. in the below example about weather conditions, note the difference in the CONDITIONS expansion* Set CONDITIONS = According to [[%BASETOPIC%]] the %WHAT% is %STATE% today (Set in ...).You can call this macro passing in values for
WHAT
and STATE
. For example: %CONDITIONS{WHAT="sea" STATE="choppy"}%
%CONDITIONS{WHAT="sea" STATE="choppy"}%
.
DEFAULT
gets the value of any unnamed parameter in the macro call.
default
parameter so that they expand to something even when a value isn't passed for them in the call.
* Set WEATHER = It's %DEFAULT{default="raining"}%.
%WEATHER%
expands to %WEATHER%
%WEATHER{"sunny"}%
expands to %WEATHER{"sunny"}%
Local
in place of Set
in the macro definition. For example, if the user sets the following in their home topic:
* Set EDITBOXHEIGHT = 10 * Local EDITBOXHEIGHT = 20Then, when they are editing any other topic, they will get a 10 high edit box. However, when they are editing their home topic they will get a 20 high edit box.
Local
can be used wherever a preference needs to take a different value depending on where the current operation is being performed.
Use this powerful feature with great care! %ALLVARIABLES%
can be used to get a listing of the values of all macros in their evaluation order, so you can see macro scope if you get confused.
Deprecation warning. The setting used in this example, EDITBOXHEIGHT, is being deprecated and will be remove from Foswiki 1.2. Note that if the edit box size is changed using the javascript controls in the lower right corner of the edit box window, those settings will be used, and the EDITBOX* settings will be ignored.
%SEARCH%
, are powerful and general tools.
Predefined macros can be overridden by preference settings (except TOPIC and WEB) Plugins may extend the set of predefined macros (see individual Plugins topics for details) Take the time to thoroughly read through ALL preference macros. If you actively configure your site, review macros periodically. They cover a wide range of functions, and it can be easy to miss the one perfect macro for something you have in mind. For example, see%BASETOPIC%
,%INCLUDE%
, and the mighty%SEARCH%
.
Your installation of Foswiki v1.1.9 has the following registered macros:
%ACTIVATEDPLUGINS%
%ADDTOZONE{"head" ...}%
%ADDTOZONE{ "zone" ... }%Parameters:
"zone"
optional, comma-separated list of the names of zones that the content should be added to. The only zones guaranteed to exist are head
and script
. Defaults to head
.
id
optional, identifier
for the text being added with the ADDTOZONE
call, to be used in the requires
parameter of other ADDTOZONE
calls. ADDTOZONE
calls with the same id
parameter will simply overwrite the earlier ADDTOZONE
call.
requires="..."
optional, comma separated string of ids
of text within this zone
that this content should follow when the zone is rendered. The content will be rendered even if a specified id
is missing.
text="..."
optional, text to be added to the named zone, mutually exclusive with topic
.
topic="..."
optional, full qualified web.topic
name that contains the text to be added, mutually exclusive with text
. Defaults to %BASETOPIC%
section="..."
optional, section of the topic
to be added, defaults to the default section between STARTINCLUDE and STOPINCLUDE.
head
and script
. The head
zone is rendered
as part of the HTML head section. It is the catch-all container for any content supposed
to be placed into the HTML head section, except Javascript, which is collected in the
script
zone.
All Javascript must always be added to the script
zone exclusively, in order to
grant ordering constraints among scripts are resolved properly. Never add Javascript to
the head
zone -- never add non-Javascript content to the script
zone.
Both zones are added to the HTML head section automatically just before the
closing </head> tag as if they were specified explicitly in the skin templates using:
<head> ... %RENDERZONE{"head"}% %RENDERZONE{"script"}% </head>You may create as many zones in addition to the standard
head
and script
zones as you like. For any non-standard zone specified in
ADDTOZONE you will also need to provide an appropriate
RENDERZONE.
Interesting use cases in wiki applications: sidebar
zone to add widgets,
toolbar
zone to add buttons icons
menu
zone to add menu entries
id
parameter.
An id
identifier is unique within the zone that they are added to.
When the same id
is used in multiple calls to ADDTOZONE the
last call will win, that is previous content of the same id
will be overwritten.
ids
in
the requires
parameter. The requires
parameter constraints the linear order
of content added to a zone. When a zone is rendered, all ordering constraints
expressed via requires
are satisfied. Those ids
not found in a zone don't
have any influence on the final ordering. Missing ids
aren't considered an error
rather than an over-specified ordering problem.
{MergeHeadAndScriptZones}
disabled (default) head
and script
zones are treated separately.
Even when head
and script
zones are treated separately, the head
zone will
always be rendered before the script
zone, unless otherwise specified using RENDERZONE explicitly.
So any content in the script
zone that depends on content placed into
the head
zone is satisfied intrinsicly as they are both rendered as specified above.
{MergeHeadAndScriptZones}
enabled head
and script
zones are separate when adding to them,
but may be treated as merged when you call RENDERZONE if
there are any dependencies specified that only exist in the opposite zone. This
allows an ADDTOZONE{"head"...}
to to successfully require an id
that has
been added to script
.
{MergeHeadAndScriptZones}
is provided to maintain compatibility with legacy extensions that use ADDTOHEAD to add<script>
markup and require content that is now in thescript
zone.{MergeHeadAndScriptZones}
will be removed from a future version of Foswiki.
head
content (and no inline Javascript) depends on
script
content. Any such dependency will be ignored.
In real world application this isn't a problem as Javascript is never added
to the head
zone or Javascript zone part of the script
zone never really
depends on non-Javascript content part of the head
zone.
HTML comment decoration which normally appears after each id's content in the rendered HTML will contain a small informative text to aid debugging.
Example%ADDTOZONE{ "script" text=" <script type='text/javascript'> alert('test'); </script>" requires="some-id-that-exists-in-script" id="MY::TEST" }%Result
<script type='text/javascript'> alert('test'); </script> <!-- MY::TEST: requires= missing ids: some-id-that-exists-in-script -->
%ADDTOZONE{"script"...requires="library-id"}%
with the appropriate library-id to guarantee a correct load order. For example, jQuery code should be added as follows:
%JQREQUIRE{"shake"}% %ADDTOZONE{ "script" id="MyApp::ShakePart" text=" <script type='text/javascript'> jQuery('#something').shake(3, 10, 180); </script>" requires="JQUERYPLUGIN::SHAKE" }%where "MyApp::ShakePart" is a unique
id
to identify the text added to
script
; and JQUERYPLUGIN::SHAKE
signifies that the content added with that
identifier should appear beforehand.
%ADDTOZONE{"head" id="MyCSS" text=" <style type='text/css' media='all'> @import url('%PUBURLPATH%/%SYSTEMWEB%/MyCSS/foo.css'); </style>" }%See also RENDERZONE, Using ADDTOZONE, Updating applications to use
script
zone
%ALLVARIABLES%
AQUA
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%AQUA% aqua text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: aqua text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
%ATTACHURL%
http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/pub/System/VarATTACHURL
%ATTACHURL%/image.gif
%ATTACHURLPATH%
/pub/System/VarATTACHURLPATH
{AuthRealm}
expert option in configure. This is used in certain password encodings, and in login templates as part of the login prompt.
%AUTHREALM%
%TOPIC%
if there is no INCLUDE
%BASETOPIC%
%WEB%
in case there is no include.
%BASEWEB%
BLACK
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%BLACK% black text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: black text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
BLUE
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%BLUE% blue text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: blue text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
BROWN
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%BROWN% brown text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: brown text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"text", value="text" | text to be put on this button | |
accesskey | access key used for this button | |
class | extra class: use foswikiRight or foswikiLeft to specify aligment; use cyan , red , green for different background colors; use simple for a non-3D button | |
href | url of the click target | # |
icon | icon to be put on the left; note, this can be any icon attached to the {IconSearchPath} ; see also VarJQICON | |
id | html id for this button | |
onclick | javascript event triggered when clicking the button | |
onmouseout | javascript event triggered when the pointer leaves the button | |
onmouseover | javascript event triggered when the pointer hovers over the button | |
target | topic to open when clicking on the button | |
title | popup title displayed when hovering over the button | |
type | type of action to be performed; available actions are
| button |
%BUTTON{ "%MAKETEXT{"Submit"}%" onclick="confirm('Are your sure?')" }% %BUTTON{ "%MAKETEXT{"Cancel"}%" icon="cross" target="%WEB%.%TOPIC%" }% %CLEAR%
%CLEAR%
after the %BUTTON{...}%
so that further content does not overlap with the button.
%CALC{"formula"}%
macro is handled by the SpreadSheetPlugin. There are around 90 formulae, such as $ABS()
, $EXACT()
, $EXISTS()
, $GET()/$SET()
, $IF()
, $LOG()
, $LOWER()
, $PERCENTILE()
, $TIME()
, $VALUE()
.
%CALC{"formula"}%
%CALC{"$SUM($ABOVE())"}%
returns the sum of all cells above the current cell
%CALC{"$EXISTS(Web.SomeTopic)"}%
returns 1
if the topic exists
%CALC{"$UPPER(Collaboration)"}%
returns COLLABORATION
%COMMENT%
without parameters shows a simple text box.
Name | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
type | This is the name of the template to use for this comment. Comment templates are defined in a Foswiki template - see Customisation, below. If this attribute is not defined, the type is whatever is defined by COMMENTPLUGIN_DEFAULT_TYPE, either in this topic or in your WebPreferences. | below |
default | Default text to put into the textarea of the prompt. | |
target | Name of the topic to add the comment to | the current topic |
location | Regular expression specifying the comment location in the target topic. Read carefully the CommentPlugin documentation! | |
mode | For compatibility with older versions only, synonymous with type | |
nonotify | Set to "on" to disable change notification for target topics | off |
noform | Set to "on" to disable the automatic form that encloses your comment block - remember to insert <form> tags yourself! See CommentPluginExamples:noform for an example. | off |
nopost | Set to "on" to disable insertion of the posted text into the topic. | off |
remove | Set to "on" to remove the comment prompt after the first time it is clicked. | off |
button | Button label text | Add comment |
%COVER%
extends the skin search path. For instance, if SKIN is set to catskin, bearskin
, and COVER
is set to ruskin
, the skin search path becomes ruskin, catskin, bearskin
.
COVER
setting can be overridden using the URL parameter cover
, such as ?cover=ruskin
%COVER%
%COVER%
%DATE%
09 Apr 2016
When used in a template topic, this variable will be expanded when the template is used to create a new topic. See TemplateTopics#TemplateTopicsVars for details.
%GMTIME%
%DISPLAYTIME%
OR %DISPLAYTIME{"format"}%
%DISPLAYTIME%
The time is shown as hh:mm (24 hour clock) 09 Apr 2016 - 21:17
%DISPLAYTIME{"$hou:$min"}%expands to
21:17
EDITACTION
preference setting lets you define the use of an editaction template instead of the standard edit. If EDITACTION
is defined as text
, then hide the form. If EDITACTION
is defined as form
hide the normal text area and only edit the form.
* Set EDITACTION = text|form
%EDITACTION%
WhenEDITACTION
is defined as text or form the Edit and Edit Raw buttons simply add;action=text
or;action=form
to the URL for the edit script. If you have defined anEDITACTION
preference setting you can still edit the topic content or the form by removing the;action=form
or;action=text
from the edit URL in the browser and reload.
%EDITTABLE{}%
macro is handled by the EditTablePlugin
%EDITTABLE{ attributes }%
Attribute | Comment | Default |
---|---|---|
header | Specify the header format of a new table like "|*Food*|*Drink*|" . Useful to start a table with only a button | (no header) |
format | The format of one column when editing the table. A cell can be a text input field, or any of these edit field types: • Text input field (1 line): | text, <size>, <initial value> | • Textarea input field: | textarea, <rows>x<columns>, <initial value> | • Drop down box: | select, <size>, <option 1>, <option 2>, etc* | * only one item can be selected • Radio buttons: | radio, <size*>, <option 1>, <option 2>, etc | * size indicates the number of buttons per line in edit mode • Checkboxes: | checkbox, <size*>, <option 1>, <option 2>, etc | * size indicates the number of checkboxes per line in edit mode • Fixed label: | label, 0, <label text> | • Row number: | row, <offset> | • Date: | date, <size>, <initial value>, <DHTML date format> | (see Date Field Type) | "text, 16" for all cells |
changerows | Rows can be added and removed if "on" Rows can be added but not removed if "add" Rows cannot be added or removed if "off" | CHANGEROWS plugin setting |
quietsave | Quiet Save button is shown if "on" , hidden if "off" | QUIETSAVE plugin setting |
include | Other topic defining the EDITTABLE parameters. The first %EDITTABLE% in the topic is used. This is useful if you have many topics with the same table format and you want to update the format in one place. Use topic or web.topic notation. | (none) |
helptopic | Topic name containing help text shown below the table when editing a table. The %STARTINCLUDE% and %STOPINCLUDE% macros can be used in the topic to specify what is shown. | (no help text) |
headerislabel | Table header cells are read-only (labels) if "on" ; header cells can be edited if "off" or "0" | "on" |
editbutton | Set edit button text, e.g. "Edit this table" ; set button image with alt text, e.g. "Edit table, %PUBURL%/%SYSTEMWEB%/DocumentGraphics/edittopic.gif" ; hide edit button at the end of the table with "hide" (Note: Button is automatically hidden if an edit button is present in a cell) | EDITBUTTON plugin setting |
buttonrow | Set to top to put the edit buttons above the table. | bottom |
javascriptinterface | Use javascript to directly move and delete row without page refresh. Enable with "on" , disable with "off" . | JAVASCRIPTINTERFACE plugin setting |
%EDITTABLE{ format="| text, 20 | select, 1, one, two, three |" changerows="on" }% | *Name* | *Type* | | Foo | two |Produces:
"string"
, by mapping characters (or sequences of characters) to an alternative character (or sequence of characters). This macro can be used to encode strings for use in URLs, to encode to HTML entities, to protect quotes, and for as many other uses as you can imagine.
%ENCODE{"string"}%
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
"string" | String to encode | "" (empty string) |
type="encodingname" | Use a predefined encoding (see below). | Default is 'url'. Parameter type not be used if old or new are given. |
old="tokenlist" | Comma-separated list of tokens to replace. Tokens are normally single characters, but can also be sequences of characters. The standard format tokens may be used in this list. Each token must be unique - you cannot list the same token twice. | May not be used with type ; required if new is used |
new="tokenlist" | comma-separated list of replacement tokens. The elements in this list match 1:1 with the elements in the old list. Again, the standard format tokens may be used. An empty element in the new list will result in the corresponding token in the old list being deleted from the string. If the new list is shorter than the old list it will be extended to the same length using the empty element. Tokens do not have to be unique. When using | May not be used with type ; required if old is used |
ENCODE
is called with no optional parameters (e.g. %ENCODE{"string"}%
) then the default type="url"
encoding will be used.
type
parameter encodes the following "special characters" "\n"
) and carriage return ("\r"
)
"<"
, ">"
, "&"
, single quote ('
) and double quote ("
)
"%"
, "["
, "]"
, "@"
, "_"
, "*"
, "="
and "|"
type="entity"
or type="entities"
Encode special characters into HTML entities, like a double quote into "
. Does not encode \n
(newline).
type="html"
As type="entity"
except it also encodes \n
(newline)
type="safe"
Encode just the characters '"<>%
into HTML entities.
type="quote"
or type="quotes"
Escapes double quotes with backslashes (\"
), does not change any other characters
type="url"
Encode special characters for use in URL parameters, like a double quote into %22
%ENCODE{"spaced name"}%= expands to spaced%20name %ENCODE{"| Blah | | More blah |" old="|,$n" new="|,<br />"}% expands to | Blah | | More blah | - this encoding is useful to protect special TML characters in tables. %ENCODE{"10xx1x01x" old="1,x,0" new="A,,B"}% expands to ABABA %ENCODE{"1,2" old="$comma" new=";"}% expands to 1;2
<input type="text" name="address" value="%ENCODE{ "any text" type="entity" }%" />
ENCODE
can be used to filter user input from URL parameters and similar to help protect against cross-site scripting. The safest approach is to use type="entity"
. This can however prevent an application from fully working. You can alternatively use type="safe"
which encodes only the characters '"<>%
into HTML entities. When ENCODE
is passing a string inside another macro always use double quotes ("") type="quote". For maximum protection against cross-site scripting you are advised to install the Foswiki:Extensions.SafeWikiPlugin.
%SEARCH{ "%ENCODE{ "string with "quotes"" type="quotes" }%" noheader="on" }%
When usingold
andnew
, be aware that the results of applying earlier tokens are not processed again using later tokens. For example:%ENCODE{"A" old="A,B" new="B,C"}% will result in 'B' (not 'C'), %ENCODE{"asd" old="as,d" new="d,f"}% will yield 'df', and %ENCODE{"A" old="A,AA" new="AA,B"}% will give 'AA' and. %ENCODE{"asdf" old="a,asdf" new="a,2"}% will give 'asdf'
ENDCOLOR
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of shortcuts.%GREEN% green text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: green text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
%ENDSECTION{"name"}%
%ENDSECTION{type="include"}%
Parameter: | Description: |
---|---|
"name" | Name of the section. |
type="..." | Type of the section being terminated; supported types "section" , "include" , "expandvariables" , "templateonly" . |
STARTSECTION
is named, the corresponding ENDSECTION
must also be named with the same name. If the STARTSECTION
specifies a type, then the corresponding ENDSECTION
must also specify the same type. If the section is unnamed, ENDSECTION
will match with the nearest unnamed %STARTSECTION%
of the same type above it.
%ENDTWISTY%
%ENDTWISTYTOGGLE%
%ENDTWISTYTOGGLE%
{AccessibleENV}
in the Security Settings/Miscellaneous section of configure
can be displayed. Any other variable will just be shown as an empty string, irrespective of its real value.
%ENV{MOD_PERL}%
displays as: not set
not set
.
%EXAMPLETAG{}%
variable is handled by the ExamplePlugin
%EXAMPLETAG{"text" format="..."}%
text="..."
- example text.
format="..."
- format of report.
%EXAMPLETAG{"hello" format="| $topic: $summary |"}%
expression
as if they were used in the topic topictoexpandin
. The viewer must have VIEW access to topictoexpandin
for this to work. All the standard formatting macros can be used in expression
, such as $percent
and $quot
.
EXPAND
can be useful when you want to pick up the value of macros defined in another topic. For example, you might want to define a set of preferences in one topic, but pick up their value in another topic (this is very useful when building reusable applications). In this case you can write:
* Set MYPREFERENCE = valuein "SettingsTopic" and then, in "MyTopic", write:
%EXPAND{"$percentMYPREFERENCE$percent" scope="SettingsTopic"}%Of course we can also write:
%EXPAND{"$percentMYPREFERENCE$percent" scope="%OTHERTOPIC%"}%which lets us select which other topic to get the preference value from.
Additional parameters can be passed to the macro being expanded using the standard macro syntax in the name of the macro; for example,
%EXPAND{"$percentMYPREFERENCE{$quotdefault$quot param=$quotvalue$quot}" scope="SettingsTopic"}%Notes:
EXPAND
is not very efficient, and should be used sparingly.
scope="Theotherweb.%WEBPREFSTOPIC%"
%FAILEDPLUGINS%
%FORMAT{"list"}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"one, two, three" | The list to be expanded into the format. Required. Currently only two types of list data are supported; topic names (type="topic" ) and plain strings (type="string" ). | "" |
format="..." | Format string; see Supported formatting tokens for possible values. | "" |
header="..." | Text to come before the formatted output | "" |
footer="..." | Text to come after the formatted output | "" |
separator="n" | Separator between formatted elements | "$n" |
type="" | Treat input list as either topic or string | "topic" |
%FORMAT{"one,two,three" type="string" format=" * $item"}% %FORMAT{"%SKIN%" header="the Skin setting is evaluated in this order:" format=" 1 =$topic=" footer=" 1 =default=" }%
type="topic"
(the default) the format string can contain any of the
topic-specific format tokens
specified in FormattedSearch ($web
, $topic
, $parent
, $text
, $locked
,
$date
, $isodate
, $index
, $item
, $rev
, $username
, $wikiname
, $wikiusername
,
$createdate
, $createusername
, $createwikiname
, $createwikiusername
,
$summary
, $changes
, $formname
, $formfield
, $pattern
, $count
,
$ntopics
, $nhits
, $pager
).
In addition, the macro supports all the standard format tokens.
If type="string"
then the comma separated list is treated as a list of
strings. In this case, the format tokens $index
and $item
will return
the position of the item in the list (1-based), and the item itself,
respectively. Note that a comma can be embedded in the data using the standard
formatting token $comma
.
The FORMAT macro is currently only of use in formatting lists of topics, or of simple strings. It will be extended in future releases to add the capability to render other object types.
For more sophisticated handling of string lists, consider installing Foswiki:Extensions.FilterPlugin.
%FORMFIELD{"fieldname"}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"fieldname" | The name of a Data form field | required |
topic="..." | Topic where form data is located. May be of the form Web.TopicName | Current topic |
format="..." | Format string. $value expands to the field value, and $name expands to the field name, $title to the field title, $form to the name of the form the field is in. The standard format tokens are also expanded. | "$value" |
default="..." | Text shown if the field is defined in the topic, but the field value is empty. For example, a text field for which all the content has been deleted. | "" |
alttext="..." | Text shown if the field is not defined in the topic (even if it is specified in the form definition). For example, this is used when a field exists in the form definition, but the referring topic hasn't been edited since it was added. | "" |
rev="n" | Specifiy a revision of the topic. If not specified, defaults to the most recent rev (or the viewed rev if viewing an old rev of the same topic) |
%FORMFIELD{"ProjectName" topic="Projects.SushiProject" default="(no project name given)" alttext="ProjectName field not found in form" }%
%GENPDF%
http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/bin/genpdf/System/VarGENPDF
%GMTIME%
OR %GMTIME{"format"}%
%GMTIME%
uses the default date format defined by the {DefaultDateFormat} setting in configure Token: | Unit: | Example |
---|---|---|
$seconds | seconds | 59 |
$minutes | minutes | 59 |
$hours | hours | 23 |
$day | day of month | 31 |
$wday | day of the Week (Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat) | Thu |
$dow | day of the week (Sun = 0) | 2 |
$week | number of week in year (ISO 8601) | 34 |
$month | short name of month | Dec |
$mo | 2 digit month | 12 |
$year | 4 digit year | 1999 |
$ye | 2 digit year | 99 |
$tz | either "GMT" (if set to gmtime), or "Local" (if set to servertime) | GMT |
$iso | ISO format timestamp | 2016-04-09T21:17:57Z |
$rcs | RCS format timestamp | 2016/04/09 21:17:57 |
$http | E-mail & http format timestamp | Sat, 09 Apr 2016 21:17:57 GMT |
$epoch | Number of seconds since 00:00 on 1st January, 1970 | 1460236677 |
%GMTIME{"$day $month, $year - $hour:$min:$sec"}%expands to
09 Apr, 2016 - 21:17:57
When used in a template topic, this macro will be expanded when the template is used to create a new topic. See TemplateTopics#TemplateTopicsVars for details.
GRAY
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%GRAY% gray text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: gray text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
GREEN
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%GREEN% green text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: green text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
%GROUPINFO%
%GROUPINFO{"groupname"}%
format | Format of a single user or group in the list.
| $name for groups list, $wikiusername for users list |
separator | separator between items in the list | , |
header | Header for the list | '' |
footer | Footer for the list | '' |
zeroresults | If set, and there are no Groups or Members that can be shown, the header and footer are suppressed, and this text is output | undefined |
show | filter the output list of Groups - can be set to all , allowschange , denychange , allowschange(UserWikiName) , denychange(UserWikiName) | all |
expand | Set false if users should not be expanded from nested groups. Default behavior is to expand all nested groups into a flat list of users. | 1 |
limit | If set, limits the number of results to this | infinity |
limited | If limit is set, and the list is truncated, this text will be added at the end of the list | '' |
Note: GROUPINFO will not list members that are hidden from the current authenticated user. If the current user does not have VIEW authority for a user's topic, then the user will not be shown as a group member.
%GROUPS%
%HISTORY{}%
macro is handled by the HistoryPlugin
%HISTORY{ attributes }%
Argument | Description | Default value |
---|---|---|
none | Default layout: a simple list of topic revisions using the default format (see below) | |
"format" or format="string" |
Format of one line, may include any variable which is supported by macro REVINFO | "r$rev - $date - $wikiusername" |
topic="topic" |
Topic name, can be in web.topic format |
current topic |
web="web" |
Web name | current web |
versions="number or range" |
Number or range (format: from..to ). Examples: To get version 2, write: versions="2" To get version 2 to 3, write: versions="2..3" To get version 2 to the latest, write: versions="2.." To get all versions up to version 5, write: versions="..5" To get all versions up to but not including the latest, write: versions="..-1" To get the versions from 1 to 5 in reverse order, write: versions="5..1" |
all versions in the order latest to first |
header="text" |
Text to print before the list. May contain the tokens $next and $previous which will be evaluated if there are newer or older revisions available for the topic that are not listed according to versions (or rev1 , rev2 , nrev ). These tokens take the syntax $next{'some text' url='url'} (the same for $previous ). 'some text' is the text which should be printed, 'url' is the url for the corresponding link. The tokens $rev1 , $rev2 , $nrev in 'text' or 'url' will be replaced by appropriate values for the next or previous block of revisions. See the attached oopshistory.tmpl for an example of how to use this. |
"$next" |
footer="text" |
Text to print after the list. May contain the tokens $next and $previous (see header ) |
"$previous" |
Argument | Description | Default value |
---|---|---|
nrev="number" |
Number of revisions to show. Ignored if versions is specified, or if both rev1 and rev2 are specified. |
10 |
rev2="number" |
Newest revision to show | rev1+nrev if rev1 is specified, latest revision otherwise |
rev1="number" |
Oldest revision to show | rev2-nrev |
reverse="boolean" |
Show newest revisions first, if on |
"on" |
%HISTORY%
on the page. If more than one %HISTORY%
is used on the same page, the values from the last one will be used.
%HISTORY_REV1%
: Oldest revision from the printed history
%HISTORY_REV2%
: Latest revision from the printed history
%HISTORY_NREV%
: Number of the printed revisions
%HISTORY_MAXREV%
: Latest available revision of the topic
%HOMETOPIC%
WebHome
, renders as WebHome
%HTTP%
%HTTP{"Header-name"}%
%HTTP% | |
%HTTP{"Accept-language"}% | |
%HTTP{"User-Agent"}% | GTS_Crawler/0.7.3 |
You can see the HTTP headers your browser sends to the server on a number of sites e.g. http://www.ericgiguere.com/tools/http-header-viewer.html
%HTTP_HOST%
wiki.cmc.msu.ru
%HTTP%
but operates on the HTTPS environment variables present when the SSL protocol is in effect. Can be used to determine whether SSL is turned on.
%HTTPS%
%HTTPS{"Header-name"}%
default
parameter will be used (and if that fails, the 'else' icon will be used)
%ICON{"flag-gray"}%
displays as
%ICON{"pdf"}%
displays as
%ICON{"docx" default="doc"}%
displays as
%ICON{"smile.pdf"}%
displays as
%ICON{"/dont/you/dare/smile.pdf"}%
returns
%ICON{"data.unknown" alt="Unknown file type"}%
displays as
%ICON{"data.unknown"}%
displays as
%ICON{"http://trunk.foswiki.org/pub/System/DocumentGraphics/xsl.gif"}%
displays
arrowbright
, bubble
, choice-yes
, hand
bmp
, doc
, gif
, hlp
, html
, mp3
, pdf
, ppt
, txt
, xls
, xml
, zip
%ICON{"name"}%
generates the full HTML img tag. Specify image name or full filename (see ICON for details on filenames.)
%ICONURL{"name"}%
%ICONURL{"arrowbright"}%
returns http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/pub/System/DocumentGraphics/arrowbright.png
%ICONURL{"novel.pdf"}%
returns http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/pub/System/DocumentGraphics/pdf.png
%ICONURL{"/queen/boheme.mp3"}%
returns http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/pub/System/DocumentGraphics/mp3.png
%ICONURLPATH{"name"}%
%ICONURLPATH{"locktopic"}%
returns /pub/System/DocumentGraphics/locktopic.png
%ICONURLPATH{"eggysmell.xml"}%
returns /pub/System/DocumentGraphics/xml.png
%ICONURLPATH{"/doc/xhtml.xsl"}%
returns /pub/System/DocumentGraphics/xsl.png
%IF{"CONDITION" then="THEN" else="ELSE"}%shows
"THEN"
if "CONDITION"
evaluates to TRUE
, otherwise "ELSE"
will be shown
%IF{"defined FUNFACTOR" then="FUNFACTOR is defined" else="FUNFACTOR is not defined" }%renders as
FUNFACTOR is not defined
%INCLUDE{"topic" ...}%
(See also the URL form of %INCLUDE%
)
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"SomeTopic" | The name of a topic located in the current web, i.e. %INCLUDE{"WebNotify"}% | |
"Web.Topic" | A topic in another web, i.e. %INCLUDE{"System.SiteMap"}% | |
pattern="..." | Include a subset of a topic or a web page. Specify a RegularExpression that contains the text you want to keep in parenthesis, e.g. pattern="(from here.*?to here)" . IncludeTopicsAndWebPages has more. | none |
rev="2" | Include a previous topic revision; N/A for URLs | top revision |
warn="off" | Warn if topic include fails: Fail silently (if off ); output default warning (if set to on ); else, output specific text (use $topic for topic name) | %INCLUDEWARNING% preferences setting |
section="name" | Includes only the specified named section, as defined in the included topic by the STARTSECTION{"name" type="section"} and ENDSECTION{"name" type="section"} macros. Nothing is shown if the named section does not exists. section="" is equivalent to not specifying a section | |
PARONE="val 1" | Any other parameter will be defined as a macro within the scope of the included topic. The example parameters on the left will result in %PARONE% and %PARTWO% being defined within the included topic. |
%INCLUDE{"http://..." ...}%
(See also the topic form of %INCLUDE%
)
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"http://..." | A full qualified URL, i.e. %INCLUDE{"http://foswiki.org:80/index.html"}% . Supported content types are text/html and text/plain . If the URL resolves to an attachment file on the server this will automatically translate to a server-side include. | |
pattern="..." | Include a subset of a topic or a web page. Specify a RegularExpression that contains the text you want to keep in parenthesis, e.g. pattern="(from here.*?to here)" . IncludeTopicsAndWebPages has more. | none |
raw="on" | When a page is included, normally Foswiki will process it, doing the following: 1) Alter relative links to point back to originating host, 2) Remove some basic HTML tags (html, head, body, script) and finally 3) Remove newlines from HTML tags spanning multiple lines. If you prefer to include exactly what is in the source of the originating page set this to on . raw="on" is short for disableremoveheaders="on" , disableremovescript="on" , disableremovebody="on" , disablecompresstags="on" and disablerewriteurls="on" . | disabled |
literal="on" | While using the raw option will indeed include the raw content, the included content will still be processed and rendered like regular topic content. To disable parsing of the included content, set the literal option to "on" . | disabled |
disableremoveheaders="on" | Bypass stripping headers from included HTML (everything until first </head> tag) | disabled |
disableremovescript="on" | Bypass stripping all <script> tags from included HTML | disabled |
disableremovebody="on" | Bypass stripping the </body> tag and everything around over and below it | disabled |
disablecompresstags="on" | Bypass replacing newlines in HTML tags with spaces. This compression step rewrites unmatched <'s into < entities unless bypassed | disabled |
disablerewriteurls="on" | Bypass rewriting relative URLs into absolute ones | disabled |
warn="off" | Warn if URL include fails: Fail silently (if off ); output default warning (if set to on ); else, output specific text (use $topic for topic name) appended with the http error information. | %INCLUDEWARNING% preferences setting |
JavaScript in included webpages is filtered out as a security precaution per default (disable filter with disableremovescript
parameter)
Foswiki by default is configured to deny URL format includes.
%INCLUDE{"doc:Foswiki::Func" ...}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"doc:..." | A full qualified Foswiki module, i.e. %INCLUDE{"doc:Foswiki::Func"}% . The module must be found on the Foswiki lib path | |
level="1" | Override the root heading level to the specified number | |
pattern="..." | Include a subset of the module. Specify a RegularExpression that contains the text you want to keep in parenthesis, e.g. pattern="(from here.*?to here)" . IncludeTopicsAndWebPages has more. | none |
%TOPIC%
in case there is no include
INCLUDEs
, INCLUDINGTOPIC
is set to the topic directly INCLUDing this one, NOT the topic that has been requested by the user (which is set in BASETOPIC
) While this Macro may appear to work, unless you require the subtle difference betweenINCLUDINGTOPIC
andBASETOPIC
, you probably should useBASETOPIC
%INCLUDINGTOPIC%
%WEB%
if there is no INCLUDE
.
INCLUDEs
, INCLUDINGWEB
is set to the topic directly INCLUDing this one, NOT the web that has been requested by the user (which is set in BASEWEB
) While this Macro may appear to work, unless you require the subtle difference betweenINCLUDINGWEB
andBASEWEB
, you probably should useBASEWEB
%INCLUDINGWEB%
{JQueryPlugin}{IconSearchPath}
and defaults to FamFamFamSilkIcons, FamFamFamSilkCompanion1Icons, FamFamFamFlagIcons, FamFamFamMiniIcons, FamFamFamMintIcons'. The named icon will be picked found first on this path of topics where icons are attached to. The JQICON leverages the general icon loading mechanism as implemented by the JQueryPlugin and used by BUTTON as well.
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"name" | name of the icon to display | |
class | additional css class for the img tag | |
alt | alt attribute | |
title | title attribute | |
format | format string used to render the icon; known variables to be used in the format string are:
| <img src='$iconPath' class='$iconClass' $iconAlt$iconTitle/> |
%JQICON{"tick" alt="alternative content" title="this is a tick icon"}% %JQICON{"cross"}% %JQICON{"disk"}% %JQICON{"star"}% %JQICON{"lightbulb"}% %JQICON{"camera"}% %JQICON{"date"}%Produces:
%JQICON{"name" format="$iconPath"}%
/pub/System/FamFamFamSilkIcons/tick.png
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"plugins" | this is a regular expression that the plugin identifier must match to be displayed | |
format | format string to render information for each matching plugin; known variables to be used in the format string are:
| 1 <a href="$homepage">$name</a> $active $version $author |
header | header string prepended to the output; empty when no plugin matches | |
footer | footer string appended to the output; empty when no plugin matches | |
separator | separator put between each plugin rendered in a row | $n |
tagformat | format string to render a link to any tag documentation a plugin implements | [[%SYSTEMWEB%.Var$tag][$tag]] |
%JQPLUGINS{ "treeview|slimbox" header=" * JQuery Plugins:$n" format=" * [[$documentation][$name]] v$version was developed by [[$homepage][$author]]" }%Produces:
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"plugin[, plugin, plugin]" | list of plugins to be loaded | |
warn | (on/off) allows you to switch off warnings when a plugin was not found | on |
$Foswiki::cfg{JQueryPlugin}{JQueryTheme}
and defaults to base
. Use configure to change this site wide. Use JQTHEME if you decide to use a different theme on the current page.
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"name" | name of theme: JQueryPlugin knows the following themes base , lightness , redmod , smoothness ; additional themes maybe created using the themeroller and installed to /pub/System/JQueryPlugin/$name | base |
lang
(and xml:lang
) attribute in generated HTML pages. If {UseLocale}
is enabled, it is calculated from the configure setting of {Site}{Locale}
. Otherwise it defaults to en
(English). lang
attribute is defined like this: <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="%LANG%" lang="%LANG%">
LANG
with LANGUAGE
%LANG%
ru-RU
LANGUAGE
preference is explicitly set, this will be used as the user language instead of any language detected from the browser.
LANGUAGE
in a non- per-user way, otherwise users will not be able to choose their preferred language.
LANGUAGE
with LANG
%LANGUAGE%
PO
files). These are the languages in which the user interface is available.
%LANGUAGES{...}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
format | format for each item. See below for format tokens available in the format string. | " * $langname" |
separator | separator between items. | "\n" (newline) |
marker="selected" | Text for $marker if the item matches selection | "selected" |
selection="%LANGUAGE%" | Current language to be selected in list | (none) |
format
tokens: Token | Meaning |
---|---|
$langname | language's name, as informed by the translators |
$langtag | language's tag. Ex: en , pt-br , etc. |
<select>%LANGUAGES{format="<option $marker value='$langtag'>$langname</option>" selection="%LANGUAGE%"}%</select>
creates an option list of the available languages with the current language selected
LIME
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%LIME% lime text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: lime text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
%LOCALSITEPREFS%
Main.SitePreferences
, renders as Main.SitePreferences
%LOGIN%
You are already logged out, so %LOGOUT
expands to an empty string
%LOGOUT%
Deprecated. Please use %USERSWEB%
instead.
MAKETEXT
macro are automatically mapped to the
current user's selected language via locale/*.po
translation files. %MAKETEXT{"string" args="..."}%
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
"text" or string="text" | The text to be displayed (the translatable string). | none |
args="param1, param2" | a comma-separated list of arguments to be interpolated in the string, replacing [_N] placeholders in it. | none |
%MAKETEXT{string="Notes:"}% expands to: Notes: %MAKETEXT{ "If you have any questions, please contact [_1]." args="%WIKIWEBMASTER%" }% expands to: If you have any questions, please contact rkondakov@yandex.ru. %MAKETEXT{ "Did you want to [[[_1]][reset [_2]'s password]]?" args="%SYSTEMWEB%.ResetPassword,%WIKIUSERNAME%" }% expands to: Did you want to [[System.ResetPassword][reset Main.WikiGuest's password]]?
[_n]
brackets are validated to a positive integer from 1 to 100.
&
) followed by one ascii alphabetic character (a...z, A...Z) in the translatable string will be expanded to an access key string. For example, &X
will expand to <span class='foswikiAccessKey'>X</span>
. If you want to write an actual ampersand, either follow it with a non-alphabetic character or write two consecutive ampersands (&&
).
_
) are reserved. You cannot use translatable phrases starting with an underscore.
%MACROS%
inside the translatable strings as they will be expanded before the %MAKETEXT{...}%
itself is handled. You can, however, use macros in the args
, as shown in the examples above.
.po
translation file for the current user's selected language.
%MAKETEXT
macro also supports a limited subset of the quant
style bracket notation: %MAKETEXT{string="Edit [*,_1,file]" args="4"}% expands to: Edit 4 files
quant
, numf
or #
are not supported.
MAROON
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%MAROON% maroon text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: maroon text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
%META{ "item" ...}%
Parameters: "form"
- generates the table showing the form fields. See Form Definition.
"attachments"
- generate a table of attachments all="on"
to show hidden attachments.
title="..."
to show a title - only if attachments are displayed.
template="..."
to use a custom template for the rendering of attachments; default attachtables
is used.
"moved"
- if a topic was moved or renamed, generates a message with details and a revert link prefix="..."
: Prefix that goes before the moved message, but only if the message is generated, default ""
.
suffix="..."
: Prefix that goes after the moved message, but only if the message is generated, default ""
.
"parent"
- display details of ancestor topics dontrecurse="on"
: By default recurses up tree, this has some cost. Equivalent to depth=1
depth="..."
: Return only the specified ancestor.
nowebhome="on"
: Suppress WebHome.
format="..."
: Format string used to display each parent topic where $web
expands to the web name, and $topic
expands to the topic name; default: "[[$web.$topic][$topic]]"
separator="..."
: Separator between parents; default " > "
prefix="..."
: Prefix that goes before parents, but only if there are parents, default ""
.
suffix="..."
: Suffix, only appears if there are parents; default ""
.
"formfield"
- display the value of a single form field name="..."
: name of the field.
newline="..."
: by default, each newline character will be rewritten to <br />
to allow metadata that contains newlines to be used in tables, etc. $n
indicates a newline character.
bar="..."
: by default, each vertical bar is rewritten to an HTML entity so as to not be mistaken for a table separator.
display="on"
- only used with "formfield"
, retrieves the displayed value of a *+values
formfield type, as against the default, stored, value.
topic="Main.WebPreferences"
- optional parameter to select which topic to get the meta-data from.
Use ofRelated: QUERY"formfield"
is deprecated in favour of the much more powerfulQUERY
macro.
METASEARCH
is deprecated in favour of the new and much more powerful query type search. See SEARCH and QuerySearch.
%METASEARCH{...}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
type="topicmoved" | What sort of search is required? "topicmoved" if search for a topic that may have been moved "parent" if searching for topics that have a specific parent i.e. its children "field" if searching for topics that have a particular form field value (use the name and value parameters to specify which field to search). | Required |
web="%WEB%" | Wiki web to search: A web, a list of webs separated by whitespace, or all webs. | Current web |
topic="%TOPIC%" | The topic the search relates to, for topicmoved and parent searches | All topics in a web |
name | form field to search, for field type searches. May be a regular expression (see SEARCH). | |
value | form field value, for field type searches. May be a regular expression (see SEARCH). | |
title="Title" | Text that is prefixed to any search results | empty |
format="..." | Custom format results. Supports same format strings as SEARCH. See FormattedSearch for usage & examples | Results in table |
default="none" | Default text shown if no search hit | Empty |
%METASEARCH{ type="topicmoved" web="%WEB%" topic="%TOPIC%" title="This topic used to exist and was moved to: " }%You may want to use this in WebTopicViewTemplate and WebTopicNonWikiTemplate:
%METASEARCH{ type="parent" web="%WEB%" topic="%TOPIC%" title="Children: " }% %METASEARCH{ type="field" name="Country" value="China" }%
NAVY
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%NAVY% navy text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: navy text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
%NOP%
%NOP{...}%
deprecated This is deprecated. Do not use it. Use%STARTSECTION{type="templateonly"}%
..%ENDSECTION{type="templateonly"}%
instead (see TemplateTopics for more details).
%NOTIFYTOPIC%
WebNotify
, renders as WebNotify
OLIVE
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%OLIVE% olive text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: olive text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
ORANGE
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%ORANGE% orange text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: orange text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
PINK
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%PINK% pink text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: pink text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
%PLUGINDESCRIPTIONS%
%PLUGINVERSION{"name"}%
to get the version of a specific plugin
%PLUGINVERSION{"InterwikiPlugin"}%
expands to v1.1.7
%PLUGINVERSION%
to get the version of the API
2.2
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"topic" , topic="topic" , topic="web.topic" | Topic to open | |
url | URL to open (if topic is not used) | |
label | Link label | the topic or the url |
template | View template to call when viewing a topic; not used for URLs | "viewplain" |
width | Width of window | "600" |
height | Height of window | "480" |
toolbar | Show toolbars? | "0" |
scrollbars | Show scrollbars? | "1" |
status | Show status? | "1" |
location | Show location bar? | "0" |
resizable | Is the window resizable? | "1" |
left | Left position | "0" |
top | Top position | "0" |
center | Center the window? | "0" |
menubar | Show menubar? | "0" |
createnew | Create a new window for each popup? | "1" |
%POPUPWINDOW{"CompleteDocumentation" label="Open this topic in a new window"}%Generates: Open this topic in a new window
%POPUPWINDOW{url="http://foswiki.org"}%Generates: http://foswiki.org
POPUPWINDOW
by writing %JQREQUIRE{"popupwindow"}%
on the page
%PUBURL%
http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/pub
%PUBURL%/%WEB%/OtherTopic/image.gif
%PUBURLPATH%
/pub
PURPLE
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%PURPLE% purple text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: purple text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
IF
and SEARCH
statements,
FORMFIELD
macro for most applications.
%QUERY{ "query" }%
style="stylename"
- set the output format (see below)
rev="version"
- operate on the given version of the current topic. Note that this will only affect simple queries that refer to the current topic, such as form.name
. More complex queries that use searches or indirection to refer to other topics always use the latest version of those topics.
Get the name of the form in the current topic: %QUERY{"form.name"}% Get the value of the 'Firstname' form field in the current topic: %QUERY{"fields[name='Firstname'].value"}% Get the value of the 'Firstname' form field in the current topic (shorthand version): %QUERY{"Firstname"}% Get a list of all the names of attachments on the topic 'System.DocumentGraphics': %QUERY{"'System.DocumentGraphics'/attachments.name"}% Get configuration setting {NameFilter}: %QUERY{"{NameFilter}"}%
style
parameter: style="perl"
- generates values as Perl code strings
style="json"
- generates values as JSON strings, suitable for reading by browsers.
{ScriptSuffix}
, {LoginManager}
, {AuthScripts}
, {LoginNameFilterIn}
, {AdminUserLogin}
, {AdminUserWikiName}
, {SuperAdminGroup}
, {UsersTopicName}
, {AuthRealm}
, {MinPasswordLength}
, {Register}{AllowLoginName}
, {Register}{EnableNewUserRegistration}
, {Register}{NeedVerification}
, {Register}{RegistrationAgentWikiName}
, {AllowInlineScript}
, {DenyDotDotInclude}
, {UploadFilter}
, {NameFilter}
, {AccessibleCFG}
, {AntiSpam}{EmailPadding}
, {AntiSpam}{EntityEncode}
, {AntiSpam}{HideUserDetails}
, {AntiSpam}{RobotsAreWelcome}
, {Stats}{TopViews}
, {Stats}{TopContrib}
, {Stats}{TopicName}
, {UserInterfaceInternationalisation}
, {UseLocale}
, {Site}{Locale}
, {Site}{CharSet}
, {DisplayTimeValues}
, {DefaultDateFormat}
, {Site}{LocaleRegexes}
, {UpperNational}
, {LowerNational}
, {PluralToSingular}
, {EnableHierarchicalWebs}
, {WebMasterEmail}
, {WebMasterName}
, {NotifyTopicName}
, {SystemWebName}
, {TrashWebName}
, {SitePrefsTopicName}
, {LocalSitePreferences}
, {HomeTopicName}
, {WebPrefsTopicName}
, {UsersWebName}
, {TemplatePath}
, {LinkProtocolPattern}
, {NumberOfRevisions}
, {MaxRevisionsInADiff}
, {ReplaceIfEditedAgainWithin}
, {LeaseLength}
, {LeaseLengthLessForceful}
, {Plugins}{WebSearchPath}
, {PluginsOrder}
, {Cache}{Enabled}
, {Validation}{Method}
, {Register}{DisablePasswordConfirmation}
%QUERYPARAMS{...}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
format="..." | Format string for each entry | $name=$value |
separator="..." | Separator string | separator="$n" (newline) |
encoding="entity" encoding="safe" encoding="html" encoding="quotes" encoding="url" | Control how special characters are encoded. If this parameter is not given, "safe" encoding is performed which HTML entity encodes the characters '"<>% . entity : Encode special characters into HTML entities, like a double quote into " . Does not encode \n or \r . safe : Encode characters '"<>% into HTML entities. (this is the default) html : As type="entity" except it also encodes \n and \r quotes : Escape double quotes with backslashes (\" ), does not change other characters url : Encode special characters for URL parameter use, like a double quote into %22 | type="safe" |
Sequence: | Expands To: |
---|---|
$name |
Name of the parameter |
$value |
String value of the parameter. Multi-valued parameters will have a "row" for each value. |
$n or $n() |
New line. Use $n() if followed by alphanumeric character, e.g. write Foo$n()Bar instead of Foo$nBar Most macros accept parameter strings which are split over multiple lines. This is usually more readable than using Note that newline is not a line break. The browser will wrap the lines together. If you require a line break, displaying the results on two lines, use |
$nop or $nop() |
Is a "no operation". This token gets removed; useful for nested search |
$quot |
Double quote (" ) (\" also works) |
$percent |
Percent sign (% ) ($percnt also works) |
$dollar |
Dollar sign ($ ) |
$lt |
Less than sign (< ) |
$gt |
Greater than sign (> ) |
$amp |
Ampersand (& ) |
$comma |
Comma (, ) |
%QUERYPARAMS{ format="<input type='hidden' name='$name' value='$value' encoding="entity" />" }%
Security warning!
Using QUERYPARAMS can easily be misused for cross-site scripting unless specific characters are entity encoded. By default QUERYPARAMS encodes the characters '"<>%
into HTML entities (same as encoding="safe") which is relatively safe. The safest is to use encoding="entity". When passing QUERYPARAMS inside another macro always use double quotes ("") combined with using QUERYPARAMS with encoding="quote". For maximum security against cross-site scripting you are adviced to install the Foswiki:Extensions.SafeWikiPlugin.
URLs built this way are typically restricted in length, typically to 2048 characters. If you need more space than this, you will need to use an HTML form and =%QUERYPARAMS%=
%QUERYSTRING%
RED
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%RED% red text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: red text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
%REMOTE_ADDR%
93.180.27.85
%REMOTE_PORT%
%REMOTE_USER%
%RENDERLIST%
variable is handled by the RenderFormPlugin
%RENDERFORM{ "ADataFormDefinition"}%
%RENDERLIST{ "System.HelpDeskForm" }%
%RENDERLIST%
macro is handled by the RenderListPlugin
%RENDERLIST%
%RENDERLIST{"org" focus="Sales.WestCoastTeam"}% * [[Eng.WebHome][Engineering]] * [[Eng.TechPubs][Tech Pubs]] * [[Sales.WestCoastTeam][Sales]] * [[Sales.EastCoastTeam][East Coast]] * [[Sales.WestCoastTeam][West Coast]]
%RENDERZONE{"zone" ...}%See ADDTOZONE for an explanation of zones. Parameters:
"zone"
required, name of the zone.
format="..."
optional, format string for each item added to the zone, default: $item <!--<literal> $id $missing</literal>-->Tokens:
$id
- id
of the ADDTOZONE call within the zone
currently being rendered.
$item
- text of the ADDTOZONE call within the zone
currently being rendered.
$zone
- the "zone"
currently being rendered.
$missing
- if the ADDTOZONE call being rendered required any id
which was not found, then $missing
is the missingtoken
parameter; empty string otherwise.
$missingids
- comma separated list of ids that were required by the ADDTOZONE call currently being rendered but weren't found within this zone
.
missingtoken="..."
optional, this will be the string assigned to the $missing
format token for use in the format
parameter. Default: $id: requires= missing ids: $missingids
chomp="on"
remove leading and trailing whitespace from formatted items, can be useful for pretty-printing and compression.
header="..."
optional, prepended to the output
footer="..."
optional, appended to the output
separator="..."
optional, put between each item of a zone
header
and footer
are not output if there is no content in the zone (nothing has been ADDTOZONEd
). However they are output if the output is the empty string (at least one ADDTOZONE
has been processed).
head
and script
are automatic zones. They don't require a corresponding RENDERZONE
anywhere in the templates - they are automatically inserted before the </head>
tag in the output HTML page.
ADDTOZONE
statements are resolved within each zone. However, if {MergeHeadAndScriptZones}
is enabled in configure, then head
content which requires an id
that only exists in script
will be re-ordered to satisfy this dependency. {MergeHeadAndScriptZones}
will be removed from a future version of Foswiki.
&rev=n
URL revision parameter of current topic %REVARG%
%REVARG%
If a topic revision is requested in the URL, it returns the revision of the current topic suitable for concatenation to the view query parameters. Otherwise returns an empty string.
&rev=3
(actual)
%REVINFO%
%REVINFO%
is equivalent to %REVINFO{format="r1.$rev - $date - $wikiusername"}%
r1 - 26 Jun 2011 - 21:39:52 - Main.ProjectContributor
%REVINFO{"format"}%
%REVINFO%
is equivalent to %REVINFO{format="r$rev - $date - $wikiusername"}%
r1 - 26 Jun 2011 - 21:39:52 - Main.ProjectContributor
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"format" | Format of revision information, see supported formatting tokens below | "r1.$rev - $date - $wikiusername" |
web="..." | Name of web | Current web |
topic="..." | Topic name | Current topic |
rev="1.5" | Specific revision number | Latest revision |
Token: | Unit: | Example |
---|---|---|
$web | Name of web | Current web |
$topic | Topic name | Current topic |
$rev | Revision number. Prefix r1. to get the usual r1.5 format | 5 |
$username | Login username of revision | jsmith |
$wikiname | WikiName of revision | JohnSmith |
$wikiusername | WikiName with Main web prefix | Main.JohnSmith |
$date | Revision date. Actual date format defined as {DefaultDateFormat} in configure | 21 Sep 2006 |
$time | Revision time | 23:24:25 |
$iso | Revision date in ISO date format | 2006-09-22T06:24:25Z |
$min , $sec , etc. | Same date format qualifiers as GMTIME{"format"} |
%REVINFO{"$date - $wikiusername" rev="1.1"}%
%REVINFO{"$rev" rev="-1"}%
(r1)
The requested revision as displayed in topic breadcrumbs %REVTITLE%
%REVTITLE%
If a topic revision is requested in the URL, it returns the printable revision of the current topic revision. Otherwise returns an empty string.
(r3)
(actual)
viewauth.cgi
)
%SCRIPTNAME%
view
.pl
or .cgi
%SCRIPTSUFFIX%
%SCRIPTURL%
OR %SCRIPTURL{"script"}%
%SCRIPTURL%
returns the base URL of scripts - expands to http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/bin
http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/bin/script
%SCRIPTURL{"viewauth"}%/%WEB%/%TOPIC%
which expands to http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/bin/viewauth/System/Macros
In most cases you should use%SCRIPTURLPATH{"script"}%
instead, as it works with URL rewriting much better Theedit
script should always be used in conjunction with?t=%GMTIME{"$epoch"}%
to ensure pages about to be edited are not cached in the browser
%SCRIPTURL{"script"}%
, but doesn't include the protocol and host part of the URL
%SCRIPTURL%
OR %SCRIPTURLPATH{"script"}%
/bin/script
Theedit
script should always be used in conjunction with?t=%GMTIME{"$epoch"}%
to ensure pages about to be edited are not cached in the browser
%SEARCH{"text" ...}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"text" | Search term. Is a keyword search, literal search, regular expression search, or query, depending on the type parameter. SearchHelp has more | required |
search="text" | (Alternative to above) | N/A |
web="Name" web="Main, Know" web="all" | Comma-separated list of webs to search. You can specifically exclude webs from an all search using a minus sign - for example, web="all,-Secretweb" . The special word all means all webs that do not have the NOSEARCHALL preference set to on in their WebPreferences. Note that AccessControls are respected when searching webs; it is much better to use them than NOSEARCHALL . Wildcards are not currently supported for web names. | Current web |
topic="WebPreferences" topic="*Bug" | Limit search to topics: A topic, a topic with asterisk wildcards, or a list of topics separated by comma. Note this is a list of topic names and must not include web names. | All topics in a web |
excludetopic="Web*" excludetopic="WebHome, WebChanges" | Exclude topics from search: A topic, a topic with asterisk wildcards, or a list of topics separated by comma. Note this is a list of topic names and must not include web names. | None |
scope="topic" scope="text" scope="all" | Search topic name (title); the text (body) of topic; or all (title and body) | "text" |
type="keyword" type="word" type="literal" type="regex" type="query" | Control how the search is performed when scope="text" or scope="all" keyword : use Google-like controls as in soap "web service" -shampoo ; searches word parts: using the example, topics with "soapsuds" will be found as well, but topics with "shampoos" will be excluded word : identical to keyword but searches whole words: topics with "soapsuds" will not be found, and topics with "shampoos" will not be excluded literal : search for the exact string, like web service regex : use a RegularExpression search like soap;web service;!shampoo ; to search on whole words use \bsoap\b query : query search of form fields and other meta-data, like (Firstname='Emma' OR Firstname='John') AND Lastname='Peel' | %SEARCHVAR- DEFAULTTYPE% preferences setting (literal) |
order="topic" order="created" order="modified" order="editby" order= | Sort the results of search by the topic names, topic creation time, last modified time, last editor's WikiName, or named field of DataForms. The sorting is done web by web; if you want to sort across webs, create a formatted table and sort it with TablePlugin's initsort. Note that dates are sorted most recent date last (i.e at the bottom of the table). | Sort by topic name |
limit="all" limit="16" | Limit the number of topics from which results will be returned. This is done after sorting if order is specified. Note that this does not limit the number of hits from the same topic when you have multiple="on". | All results |
date="..." | limits the results to those pages with latest edit time in the given time interval. | All results |
reverse="on" | Reverse the direction of the search | Ascending search |
casesensitive="on" | Case sensitive search | Ignore case |
bookview="on" | BookView search, e.g. show complete topic text. Very resource demanding. Use only with small result sets | Show entire topic content. |
nonoise="on" | Shorthand for nosummary="on" nosearch="on" nototal="on" zeroresults="off" noheader="on" noempty="on" | Off |
nosummary="on" | Show topic title only | Show topic summary |
nosearch="on" | Suppress search string | Show search string |
noheader="on" | Suppress default search header Topics: Changed: By: , unless a header is explicitly specified | Show default search header, unless search is inline and a format is specified (Cairo compatibility) |
nototal="on" | Do not show number of topics found | Show number |
zeroresults="off" or zeroresults="..." | Suppress/replace all output if there are no hits (the boolean nature of the setting uses true , false , on , off , 0 so those cannot be used as a format string on their own (insert a to escape them))- can also be set to a FormattedSearch string to customise the output | zeroresults="on" - displays the summary, and number of topics found. "Number of topics: 0" |
noempty="on" | Suppress results for webs that have no hits. | Show webs with no hits |
header="..." format="..." footer="..." | Custom format results: see FormattedSearch for usage & examples | Results in table |
expandvariables="on" | Expand embedded macros before applying a FormattedSearch on a search hit. Useful to show the expanded text, e.g. to show the result of a SpreadSheetPlugin %CALC{}% instead of the formula | Raw text |
multiple="on" | Multiple hits per topic. Each hit can be formatted. The last token is used in case of a regular expression ";" and search | Only one hit per topic |
nofinalnewline="on" | If on , the search variable does not end in a line by itself. Any text continuing immediately after the SEARCH macro on the same line will be rendered as part of the table generated by the search, if appropriate. This feature is only active when format is defined. | on |
recurse="on" | Recurse into subwebs, if subwebs are enabled. Note: recurse will currently search subwebs of explicitly excluded webs. (web="all, -Sandbox" recurse="on") will still search subwebs of Sandbox . This behavior is likely to change in a future release. | off |
separator=", " | Line separator between search hits (only used when format= is set) uses FormatTokens. If separator is not defined, the default is "$n" (newline). Not defining the separator will additionally cause a newline to be added after a header and before a footer. | "$n" (Newline) |
newline="%BR%" | Line separator within a search hit. Useful if you want to put multi-line content into a table cell, for example if the format="" parameter contains a $pattern() that captures more than one line. | "$n" (Newline) |
pagesize="25" | number of items to show per page | "25" |
showpage="1" | Page of items to show (starts at 1) (over-ridden by the value specified by the URL parameter hash from $previousurl and $nexturl ) | "1" |
pager="on" | appends the pager to the footer format (the quickest way to add paging to your SEARCHes is to just add pager="on" ) Note: the default pager (when pagerformat is not defined) requires the parameters to the SEARCH to not change while paging, as it uses $previousurl and $nexturl which use a hash of the Macro's parameters to override the value of showpage . If you use time variable parameters, you will need to define your own pagerformat . | "off" |
pagerformat="text" | Custom format results: see FormattedSearch for usage & examples | filled from skin template |
groupby="none" | Warning: this option is liable to change dramatically (and potentially incompatibly) in the next major release of foswiki. Setting to "none" applies only to multi-web SEARCHs, and means the header and footer are only output once - at the beginning and end of the list of results, and the order parameter is applied over the entire set of results (this setting removes the legacy that results are always partitioned by web) see System.SiteChanges for an example. | "web" |
%SEARCH{"wiki" web="%USERSWEB%" scope="topic"}%
%SEARCH{ "FAQ" nonoise="on" header="| *Topic: * | *Summary: * |" format="| $topic | $summary |" }%(displays results in a table with header - details)
The appearance of the table emitted by the SEARCH may be controlled with TablePlugin's%TABLE{}%
macro placed just before the%SEARCH{}%
. Example:%TABLE{ tablewidth="90%" }%
%GMTIME%
%SERVERTIME%
OR %SERVERTIME{"format"}%
%SERVERTIME%
uses the Date format defined as {DefaultDateFormat} in configure
%SERVERTIME{"$hou:$min"}%
expands to 00:17
Note: When used in a template topic, this macro will be expanded when the template is used to create a new topic. See TemplateTopics#TemplateTopicsVars for details.
%SESSIONID%
ad97fd2d3b8102f6d14b7be4e92d8b91
%SESSIONVAR%
%SESSION_VARIABLE{"name"}%
%SESSION_VARIABLE{"name" set="value"}%
%SESSION_VARIABLE{"name" clear=""}%
The users ID is in the AUTHUSER
session variable, and is read-only
%SHOWPREFERENCE%
%SHOWPREFERENCE{"PREFERENCENAME"}%
%SHOWPREFERENCE{"ATTACHFILESIZELIMIT"}%
* Set ATTACHFILESIZELIMIT = "10000" * ATTACHFILESIZELIMIT was *finalised* in System.DefaultPreferences
%SHOWPREFERENCE{"PREFERENCENAME,PREFERENCENAME,..."}%
%SHOWPREFERENCE{"DENYWEBCHANGE,ALLOWWEBCHANGE"}%
* Set DENYWEBCHANGE = "" * Set ALLOWWEBCHANGE = "%USERSWEB%.AdminGroup" * ALLOWWEBCHANGE was defined in System.WebPreferences
SILVER
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%SILVER% silver text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: silver text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
%SKIN%
expands the skin search path. For instance, SKIN
can be set to catskin, bearskin
.
SKIN
setting can be overridden using the URL parameter skin
, such as ?skin=catskin,bearskin
%SKIN%
pattern
%SLIDESHOWEND%
macro is handled by the SlideShowPlugin
%SLIDESHOWEND%
%SLIDESHOWSTART%
macro is handled by the SlideShowPlugin
%SLIDESHOWSTART%
%SLIDESHOWSTART{ template="MyOwnSlideTemplate" }%
%SLIDESHOWSTART% ---++ Sample Slide 1 * Bullet 1 * Bullet 2 ---++ Sample Slide 2 * Bullet 1 * Bullet 2 %SLIDESHOWEND%
%SPACEDTOPIC%
Var%20*SPACEDTOPIC
This is a deprecated macro. It can be duplicated with %ENCODE{%SPACEOUT{"%TOPIC%" separator=" *"}%}%
%SPACEOUT{ "%TOPIC%" }%
Macros
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
separator | The separator to put between words e.g. %SPACEOUT{"DogsCatsBudgies" separator=", "}% -> Dogs, Cats, Budgies | ' ' |
Spaced out WikiWords are not automatically linked. ToSPACEOUT
a WikiWord but preserve the link use "double bracket" format. For example,[[WebHome][%SPACEOUT{"WebHome"}%]]
expands to Web Home
%STOPINCLUDE%
macro. A normal view of the topic shows everything exept the %STARTINCLUDE%
macro itself.
%STARTINCLUDE%
If you want more than one part of the topic included, use %STARTSECTION{type="include"}%
instead
%STARTSECTION{}%
and %ENDSECTION{}%
.
type="section"
- the default, used for a generic section, such as a named section used by INCLUDE.
type="include"
- like %STARTINCLUDE%
... %STOPINCLUDE%
except that you can have as many include blocks as you want which are all merged into one when included (%STARTINCLUDE%
is restricted to only one). Sections of type include may not be given a name.
type="expandvariables"
- all macros inside an "expandvariables" type section gets expanded when a new topic based on the template topic is created. See TemplateTopics for more information.
type="templateonly"
- start position of text to be removed when a template topic is used. This is used to embed text that you do not want expanded when a new topic based on the template topic is created. See TemplateTopics for more information.
%STARTSECTION{"name"}% ................... %ENDSECTION{"name"}%
%STARTSECTION{"name" type="section"}% .... %ENDSECTION{"name" type="section"}%
(type="section" is the default)
%STARTSECTION{type="include"}% ........... %ENDSECTION{type="include"}%
%STARTSECTION{type="expandvariables"}% ... %ENDSECTION{type="expandvariables"}%
%STARTSECTION{type="templateonly"}% ...... %ENDSECTION{type="templateonly"}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default |
---|---|---|
"name" | Name of the section. Must be unique inside a topic. | Generated name |
type="..." | Type of the section; type "section" , "expandvariables" , "include" or "templateonly" | "section" |
If a section is not given a name, it will be assigned one. Unnamed sections are assigned names starting with_SECTION0
for the first unnamed section in the topic,_SECTION1
for the second, etc.. You can define nested sections. It is not recommended to overlap sections, although it is valid in Foswiki. Use named sections to make sure that the correct START and ENDs are matched. Section markers are not displayed when a topic is viewed.
%STATISTICSTOPIC%
WebStatistics
, renders as WebStatistics
%STOPINCLUDE%
macro itself.
%STOPINCLUDE%
%SYSTEMWEB%
System
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"text" | label of the tab | Tab |
before | when switching tabs, this is the javascript fragment to be executed just before the tab is displayed | |
after | this javascript handler is to be executed after the tab has been made visible | |
afterload | this javascript handler will be called when content loaded asynchronously (using the url parameter, below) has finished loading; depending on the network latency, this can be significantly later than execution of the after handler above | |
id | id of this tab; this id can be used in the TABPANEs select parameter to display this tab; this id is also added to the class attribute of the html element representing the tab button | |
url | link from where to load the content of the tab asynchronously when selecting this tab; the result of the addressed handler will replace the content area; if no url is set the content of the TAB ... ENDTAB area will be shown when the tab is selected | |
width | width of the tab area | auto |
height | height of the tab area | auto |
container | element where ajax content will be loaded; this is only used together with url |
%TABLE{}%
macro is handled by the TablePlugin
%TABLE{ attributes }%
Argument | Comment | Default value | Example |
---|---|---|---|
tableborder |
Table border width (pixels). | "1" |
tableborder="2" |
tablebordercolor |
Table border color . Is only visible when cellspacing is larger than 1, or cellborder is 0 , or tablerules is none , otherwise the cell borders overlap the table border. |
unspecified | tablebordercolor="#333" |
tableframe |
Table frame, set to "void" (no sides), "above" (the top side only), "below" (the bottom side only), "hsides" (the top and bottom sides only), "lhs" (the left-hand side only), "rhs" (the right-hand side only), "vsides" (the right and left sides only), "box" (all four sides), "border" (all four sides). |
unspecified | tableframe="hsides" |
tablerules |
Table rules, set to "none" (no rules), "groups" (rules will appear between row groups and column groups only), "rows" (rules will appear between rows only), "cols" (rules will appear between columns only), "all" (rules will appear between all rows and columns). See also: headerrules and datarules . |
unspecified | tablerules="rows" |
tablewidth |
Table width: percentage of window width, or absolute pixel value. | unspecified | tablewidth="100%" |
headerrows |
Number of header rows to exclude from sort. (will be rendered in a HTML thead section) |
"1" |
headerrows="1" |
footerrows |
Number of footer rows to exclude from sort. (will be rendered in a HTML tfoot section) |
"0" |
footerrows="1" |
id |
Unique table identifier string, used for targeting a table with CSS. | tableN (where N is the table order number on the page) |
id="userTable" |
summary |
Table summary used by screen readers: A summary of what the table presents. It should provide an orientation for someone who listens to the table. | unspecified | summary="List of subscribed users" |
caption |
Table caption: A title that will be displayed just above the table. | unspecified | caption="Users" |
inlinemarkup |
Set to "on" to generate inline markup HTML (in addition to the CSS markup); useful if you need to copy the table, for instance to paste the table into an email). | unspecified | inlinemarkup="on" |
Argument | Comment | Default value | Example |
---|---|---|---|
sort |
Set the table sorting user interface (clickable column headers) "on" or "off" . |
unspecified | sort="on" |
initsort |
Column to sort initially (use "1" for the first column). If specified, sorting is enabled; by setting sort="off" the sorting interface can be hidden. |
unspecified | initsort="2" |
initdirection |
Initial sorting direction for initsort , set to "up" (descending, or decreasing in value) or "down" (ascending, or increasing in value). |
down |
initdirection="up" |
disableallsort |
Disable all sorting, both initsort and header sort. This is mainly used by plugins such as the EditTablePlugin to disable sorting in a table while editing the table. | unspecified | disableallsort="on" |
Argument | Comment | Default value | Example |
---|---|---|---|
cellpadding |
Cell padding (pixels). | unspecified | cellpadding="0" |
cellspacing |
Cell spacing (pixels). | unspecified | cellspacing="3" |
cellborder |
Cell border width (pixels). | unspecified | cellborder="0" |
valign |
Vertical alignment of cells and headers, set to "top" , "middle" , "bottom" or "baseline" . |
unspecified | valign="top" |
columnwidths |
Column widths: Comma delimited list of column widths, percentage or absolute pixel value. | unspecified | columnwidths="80%,20%" |
Argument | Comment | Default value | Example |
---|---|---|---|
datarules |
Set to "none" (no rules), "rows" (rules will appear between rows only), "cols" (rules will appear between columns only), "all" (rules will appear between all rows and columns). Overrides tablerules for data cells. |
unspecified | datarules="none" |
datavalign |
Vertical alignment of data cells; overrides valign . |
unspecified | datavalign="top" |
dataalign |
Data cell alignment, one value for all columns, or a comma separated list for different alignment of individual columns. Set to "left" , "center" , "right" or "justify" . Overrides individual cell settings. |
unspecified | dataalign="center" |
databg |
Data cell background colour, a comma separated list. Specify "none" for no colour, that is to use the colour/background of the page the table is on. |
"#edf4f9,#fff" |
databg="#f2f2f2,#fff" |
databgsorted |
Data cell background colour of a sorted column; see databg . |
the values of databg |
databgsorted="#d4e8e4, #e5f5ea" |
datacolor |
Data cell text colour, a comma separated list. | unspecified | datacolor="#00c, #000" |
Argument | Comment | Default value | Example |
---|---|---|---|
headerrules |
Set to "none" (no rules), "rows" (rules will appear between rows only), "cols" (rules will appear between columns only), "all" (rules will appear between all rows and columns). Overrides tablerules for header cells. |
unspecified | headerrules="none" |
headerbg |
Header cell background colour. Specify "none" for no colour, that is to use the colour/background of the page the table is on. |
"#6b7f93" |
headerbg="#999" |
headerbgsorted |
Header cell background colour of a sorted column. Specify "none" for no colour, that is to use the colour/background of the page the table is on. |
the value of headerbg |
headerbgsorted="#32596c" |
headercolor |
Header cell text colour. | "#fff" |
headercolor="#00c" |
headervalign |
Vertical alignment of header cells; overrides valign . |
unspecified | headervalign="top" |
headeralign |
Header cell alignment, one value for all columns, or a comma separated list for different alignment of individual columns. Set to "left" , "center" , "right" or "justify" . Overrides individual cell settings. |
unspecified | headeralign="left,right" |
headerrows |
See: Attributes for tables |
Argument | Comment | Default value | Example |
---|---|---|---|
include |
Other topic defining the TABLE parameters. The first %TABLE% in the topic is used. This is useful if you have many topics with the same table format and you want to update the format in one place. Use topic or web.topic notation. |
unspecified | include="Main.WebHome" |
%TABLE{ tableborder="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="3" cellborder="0" }% | *A1* | *B1* | | A2 | B2 |
A1 | B1 |
---|---|
A2 | B2 |
%TABPANE% %TAB{"tab 1"}% ... %ENDTAB% %TAB{"tab 2"}% ... %ENDTAB% %ENDTABPANE%Multiple tabpanes can be nested using the following scheme:
%TABPANE% %TAB{"tab 1"}% %TABPANE% %TAB{"tab 1.1"}% ... %ENDTAB% %TAB{"tab1.2"}% ... %ENDTAB% %ENDTABPANE% %ENDTAB% %TAB{"tab 2"}% ... %ENDTAB% %ENDTABPANE%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
select | number or id of tab to select | 1 |
automaxexpand | resizes the tabpane to the maximum height to fit into the window | off |
minheight | when automaxexpand is enabled, this is the minimum size a tab is allowed to be resized | 230 |
class | extra class: use simple for a non-3D tabpane | |
animate | (on/off) enables/disables animation of switching tabs | off |
TEAL
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%TEAL% teal text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: teal text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
"---++ text"
) and HTML ("<h2>text</h2>"
) are taken into account. Any heading text after "!!"
is excluded from the TOC; for example, write "---+!! text"
if you do not want to list a header in the TOC
%TOC%
OR %TOC{"SomeTopic" ...}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"TopicName" | topic name | Current topic |
web="Name" | Name of web | Current web |
depth="2" | Limit depth of headings shown in TOC | 6 |
title="Some text" | Title to appear at top of TOC | none |
%TOC{depth="2"}% %TOC{"CompleteDocumentation" web="%SYSTEMWEB%" title="Contents:"}%See also: Foswiki:Support/HowToCreateATableOfContents
TOC will add an HTML anchor calledfoswikiTOC
just before the table of contents. This enables adding a link from within a topic back to the table of contents to ease navigation. Example[[#foswikiTOC][Back to TOC]]
creates Back to TOC. If multiple headers have the exact same text, the anchors for the 2nd, 3rd etc will be suffixed by _AN1, _AN2 etc so the anchors become unique.
%TOPIC%
expands to the name of the topic. If you are looking at the text of an included topic, it is the name of the included topic.
%TOPIC%
Macros
, renders as Macros
$topic
token gets expanded to the topic name, $marker
to marker
parameter where topic matches selection
, and $web
to the name of the web, or any of the standard FormatTokens.
%TOPICLIST{"format" ...}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"format" | Format of one line, may include $web (name of web), $topic (name of the topic), $marker (which expands to marker for the item matching selection only) | "$topic" |
format="format" | (Alternative to above) | "$topic" |
separator=", " | line separator | "$n" (new line) |
marker="selected" | Text for $marker if the item matches selection | "selected" |
selection="TopicA, TopicB" | Current value to be selected in list | (none) |
web="Name" | Name of web | Current web |
Create a bullet list of all topics: %TOPICLIST{" * $web.$topic"}% Create a comma separated list of all topics: %TOPICLIST{separator=", "}% Create an option list (for drop down menus): %TOPICLIST{" <option>$topic</option>"}% Create an option list of web topics with the current topic selected: <select>%TOPICLIST{ " <option $marker value='$topic'>$topic</option>" separator=" " selection="%TOPIC%" }%</select>
TOPICURL
= http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/bin/view/System/CompleteDocumentation
Deprecated. Use %SYSTEMWEB%
instead
ENDTWISTY
tag.
Usage: %TWISTY{ ... }% Toggable contents %ENDTWISTY%
Parameter | Value | Description | Remark |
---|---|---|---|
id |
Unique identifier | Used to link TWISTYBUTTON and TWISTYTOGGLE | optional |
link |
Link label | Link label for both show and hide links | optional |
hidelink |
Link label | Hide link label | optional |
showlink |
Link label | Show link label | optional |
mode |
"div" or "span" |
Specify if the Twisty Toggle section will use a <div> or a <span> tag. Note that if the contents contains block elements such as div , mode should be div as well to create valid HTML markup. |
optional, defaults to <div> |
showimgleft |
Image url | Specify the url of an image that will be displayed with the show link at the left side of the link. You may use ICONURLPATH to display one of the System.DocumentGraphics icons. Alternatively use an image attached to the topic. |
optional, defaults to no image |
hideimgleft |
Image url | Specify the url of an image that will be displayed with the hide link at the left side of the link. You may use ICONURLPATH to display one of the System.DocumentGraphics icons. Alternatively use an image attached to the topic. |
optional, defaults to no image |
showimgright |
Image url | Specify the url of an image that will be displayed with the show link at the right side of the link. You may use ICONURLPATH to display one of the System.DocumentGraphics icons. Alternatively use an image attached to the topic. |
optional, defaults to no image |
hideimgright |
Image url | Specify the url of an image that will be displayed with the hide link at the right side of the link. You may use ICONURLPATH to display one of the System.DocumentGraphics icons. Alternatively use an image attached to the topic. |
optional, defaults to no image |
remember |
"on" , "off" |
If "on" , the Twisty state is remembered the next time the page is shown. If "off" , the stored setting will be cleared.
Note: when used, think carefully about a unique name (id) for the Twisty, otherwise the cookie that is set might affect other Twisties with the same name. Also note that only interaction is stored, not the state of the Twisty when left unclicked. |
optional, no default |
start |
"hide" or "show" |
Initial state of the Twisty; this will override any setting stored in a cookie (see remember ). |
optional, default no initial state |
firststart |
"hide" or "show" |
Initial state of the Twisty the first time the visitor gets to see the Twisty; this will NOT override cookie settings (see remember ). |
optional, default no initial state |
noscript |
"hide" |
Make content hidden in case use does not have JavaScript on | optional, default content is shown in case JavaScript if off |
class |
CSS class name | Class for Twisty div or span | optional, default none |
linkclass |
CSS class name | Class for link | optional, default none |
prefix |
Text | Text to display before the show/hide links | optional, default none |
suffix |
Text | Text to display after the show/hide links | optional, default none |
img |
Image url | Deprecated, use showimgleft, hideimgleft, showimgright or hideimgright. | optional, defaults to no image |
imgleft |
Image url | Deprecated, use showimgleft, hideimgleft, showimgright or hideimgright. | optional, defaults to no image |
imgright |
Image url | Deprecated, use showimgleft, hideimgleft, showimgright or hideimgright. | optional, defaults to no image |
hideimg |
Image url | Deprecated, use showimgleft, hideimgleft, showimgright or hideimgright. | optional, defaults to no image |
showimg |
Image url | Deprecated, use showimgleft, hideimgleft, showimgright or hideimgright. | optional, defaults to no image |
noscript
and class
(only used for 'toggle' content)
mode
: button mode defaults to div
%TWISTYBUTTON{id="myid" ... }%
Parameter | Value | Description | Remark |
---|---|---|---|
mode | "div" or "span" | Specify if the Twisty button will use a <div> or a <span> tag. Note that if the contents contains block elements such as div , mode should be div as well to create valid HTML markup. | optional, defaults to <div> |
%TWISTYBUTTON{ id="myid" link="more" }%%TWISTYTOGGLE{ id="myid" }%content%ENDTWISTYTOGGLE%
%TWISTYHIDE{id="myid" ... }%
Parameter | Value | Description | Remark |
---|---|---|---|
id | Unique identifier | Used to link TWISTYSHOW, TWISTYHIDE and TWISTYTOGGLE | required |
link | Link label | Hide link label | optional |
mode | "div" or "span" | Specify if the Twisty Hide link will use a <div> or a <span> tag. Note that if the contents contains block elements such as div , mode should be div as well to create valid HTML markup. | optional, defaults to <div> |
img | Image url | Specify the url of an image that will be displayed at the right side of the link. You may use ICONURLPATH to display one of the System.DocumentGraphics icons. Alternatively use an image attached to the topic. | optional, defaults to no image |
remember | "on" , "off" | If "on" , the Twisty state is remembered the next time the page is shown. If "off" , the stored setting will be cleared.Note: when used, think carefully about a unique name (id) for the Twisty, otherwise the cookie that is set might affect other Twisties with the same name. Also note that only interaction is stored, not the state of the Twisty when left unclicked. | optional, no default |
start | "hide" or "show" | Initial state of the Twisty; this will override any setting stored in a cookie (see remember ). | optional, default no initial state |
firststart | "hide" or "show" | Initial state of the Twisty the first time the visitor gets to see the Twisty; this will NOT override cookie settings (see remember ). | optional, default no initial state |
%TWISTYHIDE{id="demo" link=" Click to Fold " imgleft="%ICONURLPATH{toggleclose}%"}%
%TWISTYSHOW{id="myid" ... }%
Parameter | Value | Description | Remark |
---|---|---|---|
id | Unique identifier | Used to link TWISTYSHOW, TWISTYHIDE and TWISTYTOGGLE | required |
link | Link label | Show link label | optional |
mode | "div" or "span" | Specify if the Twisty Show link will use a <div> or a <span> tag. Note that if the contents contains block elements such as div , mode should be div as well to create valid HTML markup. | optional, defaults to <div> |
img | Image url | Specify the url of an image that will be displayed at the right side of the link. You may use ICONURLPATH to display one of the System.DocumentGraphics icons. Alternatively use an image attached to the topic. | optional, defaults to no image |
imgleft | Image url | Specify the url of an image that will be displayed at the left side of the link. You may use ICONURLPATH to display one of the System.DocumentGraphics icons. Alternatively use an image attached to the topic. | optional, defaults to no image |
imgright | Image url | Specify the url of an image that will be displayed at the right side of the link. You may use ICONURLPATH to display one of the System.DocumentGraphics icons. Alternatively use an image attached to the topic. | optional, defaults to no image |
remember | "on" , "off" | If "on" , the Twisty state is remembered the next time the page is shown. If "off" , the stored setting will be cleared.Note: when used, think carefully about a unique name (id) for the Twisty, otherwise the cookie that is set might affect other Twisties with the same name. Also note that only interaction is stored, not the state of the Twisty when left unclicked. | optional, no default |
start | "hide" or "show" | Initial state of the Twisty; this will override any setting stored in a cookie (see remember ). | optional, default no initial state |
firststart | "hide" or "show" | Initial state of the Twisty the first time the visitor gets to see the Twisty; this will NOT override cookie settings (see remember ). | optional, default no initial state |
%TWISTYSHOW{id="demo" link=" Click to Unfold " imgleft="%ICONURLPATH{toggleopen}%"}%
%TWISTYTOGGLE{id="myid"}%
Parameter | Value | Description | Remark |
---|---|---|---|
id | Unique identifier | Used to link TWISTYSHOW, TWISTYHIDE and TWISTYTOGGLE. | required |
mode | "div" or "span" | Specify if the Twisty Toggle section will use a <div> or a <span> tag. Note that if the contents contains block elements such as div , mode should be div as well to create valid HTML markup. | optional, defaults to <div> |
class | CSS class name | Class for content div or span | optional, default none |
linkclass | CSS class name | Class for link | optional, default none |
remember | "on" , "off" | If "on" , the Twisty state is remembered the next time the page is shown. If "off" , the stored setting will be cleared.Note: when used, think carefully about a unique name (id) for the Twisty, otherwise the cookie that is set might affect other Twisties with the same name. Also note that only interaction is stored, not the state of the Twisty when left unclicked. | optional, no default |
start | "hide" or "show" | Initial state of the Twisty; this will override any setting stored in a cookie (see remember ). | optional, default no initial state |
firststart | "hide" or "show" | Initial state of the Twisty the first time the visitor gets to see the Twisty; this will NOT override cookie settings (see remember ). | optional, default no initial state |
noscript | "hide" | Make content hidden in case use does not have JavaScript on | optional, default content is shown with no JavaScript |
%TWISTYTOGGLE{id="demo" mode="div" remember="on"}%My content%ENDTWISTYTOGGLE%
%URLPARAM{"name"}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"name" | The name of a URL parameter | required |
default="..." | Default value, used if the parameter is not present | empty string |
newline="<br />" | Convert newlines in textarea to other delimiters | no conversion |
encode="off" encode="entity" encode="safe" encode="url" encode="quote" | Control how special characters are encoded off : No encoding. Avoid using this when possible. See the security warning below. entity : Encode special characters into HTML entities. See ENCODE for more details. safe : Encode characters '"<>% into HTML entities. url : Encode special characters for URL parameter use, like a double quote into %22 quote : Escape double quotes with backslashes (\" ), does not change other characters; required when feeding URL parameters into other macros. | "safe" |
multiple="on" multiple="[[$item]]" | If set, gets all selected elements of a <select multiple="multiple"> tag. A format can be specified, with $item indicating the element, e.g. multiple="Option: $item" (also supports the standard format tokens) | first element |
separator=", " | Separator between multiple selections. Only relevant if multiple is specified | "\n" (new line) |
%URLPARAM{"skin"}%
returns print
for a .../view/System/Macros?skin=print
URL
%SEARCH{ "%URLPARAM{ "search" encode="quote" }%" noheader="on" }%
rev
, skin
, template
, topic
, web
; they have a special meaning in Foswiki. Common parameters and view script specific parameters are documented at CommandAndCGIScripts.
%URLPARAM{
in the value of a URL parameter, it will be modified to %<nop>URLPARAM{
. This is to prevent an infinite loop during expansion.
'"<>%
into HTML entities (same as encode="safe") which is relatively safe. The safest is to use encode="entity". When passing URLPARAM inside another macro always use double quotes ("") combined with using URLPARAM with encode="quote". For maximum security against cross-site scripting you are adviced to install the Foswiki:Extensions.SafeWikiPlugin.
%USERINFO%
guest, Main.WikiGuest,
(comma-separated list of the username, wikiusername, and emails)
$emails
, $username
, $wikiname
, $wikiusername
, $groups
and $admin
($admin returns 'true' or 'false'): %USERINFO{ format="$username is really $wikiname" }%
guest is really WikiGuest
%USERINFO{ "WikiGuest" format="$username is really $wikiname" }%
guest is really WikiGuest
You need to be a member of Main.AdminGroup for the USERINFO
macro to provide details about other users
The parameter should be the wikiname of a user. You can also pass a login name. You can only get information about another user if the {AntiSpam}{HideUserDetails}
configuration option is not enabled, or if you are an admin. (User details are hidden in this site)
jsmith
, WIKINAME like JohnSmith
and WIKIUSERNAME like Main.JohnSmith
. Un-authenticated users are all Main.WikiGuest.
%USERNAME%
guest
When used in a template topic, this macro will be expanded when the template is used to create a new topic. See TemplateTopics#TemplateTopicsVars for details
%USERSWEB%
Main
%VAR{"NAME" web="Web"}%
%WEBBGCOLOR%
of the Main web write %VAR{"WEBBGCOLOR" web="Main"}%
, which expands to #FFEFA6
%VARCACHE{ "24" }%
Attribute | Comment | Default |
---|---|---|
"..." orrefresh="..." | Cache refresh period in hours (maximum age of cache). Accepts decimals, such as 0.25 | 24 |
cachemsg="..." | Message shown when looking at a cached topic. Use $age to indicate the age of cache, $link to indicate the refresh URL | This topic was cached $age ago ([[$link][refresh]]) |
updatemsg="..." | Message shown after a cache refresh. Use $link to indicate the refresh URL | This topic is now cached ([[$link][refresh]]) |
%VARCACHE{"168"}%
caches the current page for 7 days
cachmsg
and updatemsg
.
%VARCACHE{}%
variable is handled by the VarCachePlugin.
%WEB%
expands to the name of the web where the topic is located. If you are looking at the text of an included topic, it is the web where the included topic is located.
%WEB%
System
NOSEARCHALL = on
preference setting. The "format"
defines the format of one web item. The $name
gets expanded to the name of the web, $qname
gets expanded to double quoted name, $marker
to marker
where web matches selection
. Subwebs are listed recursively.
%WEBLIST{"format" ...}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"format" | Format of one line, may include $name (the name of the web), $qname (the name of the web in double quotes), $indentedname (the name of the web with parent web names replaced by indents, for use in indented lists), and $marker (which expands to marker for the item matching selection only) | $name |
format="format" | (Alternative to above) | $name |
separator=", " | Line separator | $n (new line) |
web="" | if you specify $web in format, it will be replaced with this value. | none |
webs="public" | Comma separated list of webs to consider. This list can include two pseudo-webs, public which expands to all non-hidden and webtemplate which expands to the names of all template webs.NOTE: Administrators will see all webs, not just the public ones | public |
subwebs="Sandbox" | Specifies a single web. If specified, then public and webtemplate (described above) will expand relative to show subwebs *below this web only. | "" |
selection="%WEB%" | Entry to be selected in list. If one of the webs matches this selection, then $marker in the format will be expanded | selection=%WEB% |
marker="selected" | Text for $marker if the item matches selection | selected="selected" |
%WEBLIST{" * [[$name.%HOMETOPIC%]]"}%
<form><select name="web">%WEBLIST{ "<option $marker value='$qname'>$name</option>" webs="Trash, public" selection="%WEB%" separator=" " }% </select></form>
WEBLIST
will not show a web called 'TWiki' even if it exists in the file system unless theTWikiCompatibilityPlugin
is installed and activated in configure. This is done to ensure that the TWiki compatibility components such as the TWiki web are only visible and active when needed
%WEBPREFSTOPIC%
WebPreferences
, renders as WebPreferences
WHITE
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%WHITE% white text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: white text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
%WIKIHOMEURL%
/bin/view/
%SCRIPTURLPATH{"view"}%
For the top bar logo URL use %WIKILOGOURL%
defined in WebPreferences instead.
%USERNAME%
if not defined in the Main.WikiUsers topic
%WIKINAME%
WikiGuest
When used in a template topic, this macro will be expanded when the template is used to create new topic. See TemplateTopics#TemplateTopicsVars for details
%WIKIPREFSTOPIC%
DefaultPreferences
, renders as DefaultPreferences
%WIKITOOLNAME%
Foswiki
%WIKIUSERNAME%
Main.WikiGuest
, renders as Main.WikiGuest When used in a template topic, this macro will be expanded when the template is used to create a new topic. See TemplateTopics#TemplateTopicsVars for details
%WIKIUSERSTOPIC%
WikiUsers
, with Main prefix renders as Main.WikiUsers
%WIKIVERSION%
v1.1.9
%WIKIWEBMASTER%
rkondakov@yandex.ru
%WIKIWEBMASTERNAME%
Wiki Administrator
YELLOW
is one of the shortcut macros predefined in DefaultPreferences. See the section shortcut macros in that topic for a complete list of colors.%YELLOW% yellow text %ENDCOLOR%Expands to: yellow text
%<color>%
text must end with%ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with%ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write%RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
%BR%
- line break
%BULLET%
- bullet sign
%BB%
- line break and bullet combined
%BB2%
- indented line break and bullet
%RED% text %ENDCOLOR%
- colored text (also %YELLOW%
, %ORANGE%
, %PINK%
, %PURPLE%
, %TEAL%
, %NAVY%
, %BLUE%
, %AQUA%
, %LIME%
, %GREEN%
, %OLIVE%
, %MAROON%
, %BROWN%
, %BLACK%
, %GRAY%
, %SILVER%
, %WHITE%
)
%H%
- Help icon
%I%
- Idea icon
%M%
- Moved to icon
%N%
- New icon
%P%
- Refactor icon
%Q%
- Question icon
%S%
- Red star icon
%T%
- Tip icon
%U%
- Updated icon
%X%
- Alert icon
%Y%
- Done icon
See ShortcutMacros for a full list of predefined shortcuts.
Back to top%SEARCH{...}%
is a table consisting of topic names and topic summaries. Use the format="..."
parameter to customize the search result. The format parameter typically defines a bullet or a table row containing macros, such as %SEARCH{ "food" format="| $topic | $summary |" }%
. See %SEARCH{...}%
for other search parameters, such as separator=""
.
Three parameters can be used to specify a customized search result:
header="..."
parameter header="| *Topic:* | *Summary:* |"
Format tokens that can be used in the header string:
Name: | Expands To: |
---|---|
$web |
Name of the web |
$ntopics |
Number of topics found in current web. Will be 0 (zero). |
$nhits |
Number of hits if multiple="on" . Will be 0 (zero). |
$pager |
pager control - can be optionally customised using the pagerformat below |
$n or $n() |
New line. Use $n() if followed by alphanumeric character, e.g. write Foo$n()Bar instead of Foo$nBar Most macros accept parameter strings which are split over multiple lines. This is usually more readable than using Note that newline is not a line break. The browser will wrap the lines together. If you require a line break, displaying the results on two lines, use |
$nop or $nop() |
Is a "no operation". This token gets removed; useful for nested search |
$quot |
Double quote (" ) (\" also works) |
$percent |
Percent sign (% ) ($percnt also works) |
$dollar |
Dollar sign ($ ) |
$lt |
Less than sign (< ) |
$gt |
Greater than sign (> ) |
$amp |
Ampersand (& ) |
$comma |
Comma (, ) |
Note that if the separator parameter for SEARCH is not defined a newline is added after the header.
footer="..."
parameter footer="| *Total:* | *$nhits* |"
Format tokens that can be used in the footer string:
Name: | Expands To: |
---|---|
$web |
Name of the web |
$ntopics |
Number of topics found in current web |
$nhits |
Number of hits if multiple="on" . Cumulative across all topics in current web. Identical to $ntopics unless multiple="on" |
$pager |
pager control - can be optionally customised using the pagerformat below |
$n or $n() |
New line. Use $n() if followed by alphanumeric character, e.g. write Foo$n()Bar instead of Foo$nBar Most macros accept parameter strings which are split over multiple lines. This is usually more readable than using Note that newline is not a line break. The browser will wrap the lines together. If you require a line break, displaying the results on two lines, use |
$nop or $nop() |
Is a "no operation". This token gets removed; useful for nested search |
$quot |
Double quote (" ) (\" also works) |
$percent |
Percent sign (% ) ($percnt also works) |
$dollar |
Dollar sign ($ ) |
$lt |
Less than sign (< ) |
$gt |
Greater than sign (> ) |
$amp |
Ampersand (& ) |
$comma |
Comma (, ) |
Note that if the separator parameter for SEARCH is not defined a newline is added after the last search result.
pagerformat="..."
parameter pagerformat="Page $currentpage of $numberofpages [[$nexturl][next page]]"
Format tokens that can be used in the pagerformat string:
Name: | Expands To: |
---|---|
$previouspage |
The page number before the currently displayed one |
$currentpage |
The currently displayed page number |
$nextpage |
The page number after the currently displayed one |
$numberofpages |
Total number of pages there are results for |
$pagesize |
The number of results per page |
$previousurl |
full URL to the previous page - IF using the built in pager system |
$nexturl |
full URL to the previous page - IF using the built in pager system |
$previousbutton |
skin template (SEARCH:pager_previous) html for the full URL to the previous page - IF using the built in pager system |
$nextbutton |
skin template (SEARCH:pager_next) html for the full URL to the previous page - IF using the built in pager system |
$n or $n() |
New line. Use $n() if followed by alphanumeric character, e.g. write Foo$n()Bar instead of Foo$nBar Most macros accept parameter strings which are split over multiple lines. This is usually more readable than using Note that newline is not a line break. The browser will wrap the lines together. If you require a line break, displaying the results on two lines, use |
$nop or $nop() |
Is a "no operation". This token gets removed; useful for nested search |
$quot |
Double quote (" ) (\" also works) |
$percent |
Percent sign (% ) ($percnt also works) |
$dollar |
Dollar sign ($ ) |
$lt |
Less than sign (< ) |
$gt |
Greater than sign (> ) |
$amp |
Ampersand (& ) |
$comma |
Comma (, ) |
format="..."
parameter format="| $topic | $summary |"
Format tokens that can be used in the format string:
Name: | Expands To: |
---|---|
$web |
Name of the web |
$topic |
Topic name |
$topic(20) |
Topic name, "- " hyphenated every 20 characters |
$topic(30, -<br />) |
Topic name, hyphenated every 30 characters with separator "-<br />" |
$topic(40, ...) |
Topic name, shortened to 40 characters with trailing ellipsis. |
$parent |
Name of parent topic; empty if not set |
$parent(20) |
Name of parent topic, same hyphenation/shortening as $topic() |
$text |
Formatted topic text. In case of a multiple="on" search, it is the line found for each search hit. |
$locked |
LOCKED flag (if any) |
$date |
Time stamp of last topic update, e.g. 09 Apr 2016 - 21:17 |
$isodate |
Time stamp of last topic update, e.g. 2016-04-09T21:17Z |
$index |
number of total results - can be used as a running counter in the format , or in the footer . This $index is not affected by web based partitioning of results. |
$item |
the full name of a result item - in a SEARCH context, equivalent to $web.$topic |
$rev |
Number of last topic revision, e.g. 4 |
$username |
Login name of last topic update, e.g. jsmith |
$wikiname |
Wiki user name of last topic update, e.g. JohnSmith |
$wikiusername |
Wiki user name of last topic update, like Main.JohnSmith |
$createdate |
Time stamp of topic revision 1 |
$createusername |
Login name of topic revision 1, e.g. jsmith |
$createwikiname |
Wiki user name of topic revision 1, e.g. JohnSmith |
$createwikiusername |
Wiki user name of topic revision 1, e.g. Main.JohnSmith |
$summary |
Topic summary, just the plain text, all formatting and line breaks removed; up to 162 characters |
$summary(50) |
Topic summary, up to 50 characters shown |
$summary(showvarnames) |
Topic summary, with %SOMEMACRO{...}% macros shown as SOMEMACRO{...} |
$summary(noheader) |
Topic summary, with leading ---+ headers removedNote: The tokens can be combined, for example $summary(100, showvarnames, noheader) |
$summary(searchcontext) |
Creates a topic summary with the search terms highlighted |
$summary(searchcontext, 50) |
Creates a topic summary with the search terms highlighted, up to 50 characters |
$changes |
Summary of changes between latest rev and previous rev |
$changes(n) |
Summary of changes between latest rev and rev n |
$formname |
The name of the form attached to the topic; empty if none |
$formfield(name) |
The field value of a form field; for example, if FAQWhatIsWikiWiki was a search hit, $formfield(TopicClassification) would get expanded to ==. This applies only to topics that have a DataForm. For multi-line textfields new lines are replace by an HTML <br /> |
$formfield(name, 10) |
Form field value, "- " hyphenated every 10 characters |
$formfield(name, 20, -<br />) |
Form field value, hyphenated every 20 characters with separator "-<br />" |
$formfield(name,30,...) |
Form field value, shortened to 30 characters with trailing ellipsis. |
$formfield(name, display) |
Form field value after mapping the stored value to the display value (use with +values form fields). You can still use the hyphenation controls described above by placing them after display e.g. $formfield(name, display, 10) |
$pattern(reg-exp) |
A regular expression pattern to extract some text from a topic (does not search meta data; use $formfield instead). In case of a multiple="on" search, the pattern is applied to the line found in each search hit.• Specify a RegularExpression that covers the whole text (topic or line), which typically starts with .* , and must end in .* • Put text you want to keep in parenthesis, like $pattern(.*?(from here.*?to here).*) • Example: $pattern(.*?\*.*?Email\:\s*([^\n\r]+).*) extracts the e-mail address from a bullet of format * Email: ... • This example has non-greedy .*? patterns to scan for the first occurance of the Email bullet; use greedy .* patterns to scan for the last occurance • Limitation: Do not use .*) inside the pattern, e.g. $pattern(.*foo(.*)bar.*) does not work, but $pattern(.*foo(.*?)bar.*) does • Note: Make sure that the integrity of a web page is not compromised; for example, if you include an HTML table make sure to include everything including the table end tag |
$count(reg-exp) |
Count of number of times a regular expression pattern appears in the text of a topic (does not search meta data). Follows guidelines for use and limitations outlined above under $pattern(reg-exp) . Example: $count(.*?(---[+][+][+][+]) .*) counts the number of <H4> headers in a page. |
$ntopics |
Number of topics found in current web. This is the current topic count, not the total number of topics |
$nhits |
Number of hits if multiple="on" . Cumulative across all topics in current web. Identical to $ntopics unless multiple="on" |
$pager |
pager control - can be optionally customised using the pagerformat below |
$n or $n() |
New line. Use $n() if followed by alphanumeric character, e.g. write Foo$n()Bar instead of Foo$nBar Most macros accept parameter strings which are split over multiple lines. This is usually more readable than using Note that newline is not a line break. The browser will wrap the lines together. If you require a line break, displaying the results on two lines, use |
$nop or $nop() |
Is a "no operation". This token gets removed; useful for nested search |
$quot |
Double quote (" ) (\" also works) |
$percent |
Percent sign (% ) ($percnt also works) |
$dollar |
Dollar sign ($ ) |
$lt |
Less than sign (< ) |
$gt |
Greater than sign (> ) |
$amp |
Ampersand (& ) |
$comma |
Comma (, ) |
%SEARCH{ "VarREMOTE" scope="topic" nonoise="on" header="| *Topic* | *Summary* |" format="| [[$topic]] | $summary |" footer="| *Topics found* | *$ntopics* |" }%To get this:
Topic | Summary |
---|---|
Topics found | 3 |
VarREMOTEADDR | #VarREMOTEADDR REMOTE_ADDR environment variable * Syntax: %REMOTE_ADDR% * Expands to: == * Related: ENV, HTTP_HOST, REMOTE_PORT, REMOTE_USER |
VarREMOTEPORT | #VarREMOTEPORT REMOTE_PORT environment variable * Syntax: %REMOTE_PORT% * Expands to: * Related: ENV, HTTP_HOST, REMOTE_ADDR, REMOTE_USER |
VarREMOTEUSER | #VarREMOTEUSER REMOTE_USER environment variable * Syntax: %REMOTE_USER% * Expands to: * Related: ENV, HTTP_HOST, REMOTE_ADDR, REMOTE_PORT, USERNAME, WIKINAME ... |
TopicClassification
field, an OperatingSystem
field and an OsVersion
field we could write:
| *Topic:* | *!OperatingSystem:* | *!OsVersion:* | %SEARCH{ "TopicClassification~'FrequentlyAskedQuestion'" type="query" nonoise="on" format="| [[$topic]] | $formfield(OperatingSystem) | $formfield(OsVersion) |" }%
To get this (simulated):
Topic: | OperatingSystem: | OsVersion: |
---|---|---|
IncorrectDllVersionW32PTH10DLL | OsWin | 95/98 |
WinDoze95Crash | OsWin | 95 |
$pattern()
token to extract the first level-1 heading for each topic:
%SEARCH{ "^---[+][^+][^\r\n]+[\r\n]" type="regex" nonoise="on" header="Headings:" limit="5" format=" * [[$topic][$pattern([\r\n\-+!]+([^\r\n]*?)[\r\n].*)]]" footer="Found $ntopics topics with level-1 headings" }%
format
, header
and footer
parameters, among others. To make use of additional macros in the output, familiarity with inside-out, left-to-right order of expansion rules is required. There are two forms: %INNERMACRO%
to build the parameter string before %OUTERMACRO%
is expanded %OUTERMACRO{ format="%INNERMACRO%" }%
%INNERMACRO%
into the output of %OUTERMACRO%
%OUTERMACRO{ format="$percentINNERMACRO$percent" }%
When working with a given macro, consult its documentation to determine which parameters support the$percent/$percnt
format tokens. Generally only output parameters likeheader
,format
andfooter
support format tokens.
%MACRO1{ something="%MACRO2{ somethingelse="%MACRO3%, %MACRO4%" }%" }%The macros are expanded in this order: MACRO3, MACRO4, MACRO2, MACRO1.
%INCLUDE{ "%QUERY{ "'%THETOPIC%'/%THEFIELD%" }%" section="Summary" }% * Set THETOPIC = %SYSTEMWEB%.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki * Set THEFIELD = TopicClassification
%INCLUDE{ "%QUERY{ "'%SYSTEMWEB%.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki'/%THEFIELD%" }%" section="Summary" }% * Set THETOPIC = %SYSTEMWEB%.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki * Set THEFIELD = TopicClassification
%INCLUDE{ "%QUERY{ "'%SYSTEMWEB%.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki'/TopicClassification" }%" section="Summary" }% * Set THETOPIC = %SYSTEMWEB%.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki * Set THEFIELD = TopicClassification
%INCLUDE{ "%QUERY{ "'System.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki'/TopicClassification" }%" section="Summary" }% * Set THETOPIC = %SYSTEMWEB%.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki * Set THEFIELD = TopicClassification
%INCLUDE{ "FrequentlyAskedQuestion" section="Summary" }% * Set THETOPIC = %SYSTEMWEB%.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki * Set THEFIELD = TopicClassification
These topics are for frequently asked questions including answers. * Set THETOPIC = %SYSTEMWEB%.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki * Set THEFIELD = TopicClassification
These topics are for frequently asked questions including answers. * Set THETOPIC = System.FAQWhatIsWikiWiki * Set THEFIELD = TopicClassification
%
, and escaping any "
character it uses (becomes \"
)
When working with a given macro, consult its documentation to determine which parameters support theExample:$percent/$percnt
format tokens. Generally only output parameters likeheader
,format
andfooter
support format tokens.
%MACRO1{ format="$percentMACRO2{ format=\"%MACRO3%, %MACRO4%\" }$percent" }%The macros are expanded in this order: MACRO3, MACRO4, MACRO1, MACRO2.
%SEARCH{ "info.date >= d2n('2009-01-01') AND info.date <= d2n('2009-12-31')" type="query" limit="2" nonoise="on" format=" * $percentICON{ \"$percentIF{ \"'$topic'/parent.name='%PARENT%'\" then=\"info\" else=\"gear\" }$percent\" }$percent [[$topic]]" }% ---- * Set PARENT = UserDocumentationCategory
%SEARCH{ "info.date >= d2n('2009-01-01') AND info.date <= d2n('2009-12-31')" type="query" limit="2" nonoise="on" format=" * $percentICON{ \"$percentIF{ \"'$topic'/parent.name='UserDocumentationCategory'\" then=\"info\" else=\"gear\" }$percent\" }$percent [[$topic]]" }% ---- * Set PARENT = UserDocumentationCategory
* %ICON{ "%IF{ "'AccessKeys'/parent.name='UserDocumentationCategory'" then="info" else="gear" }%" }% [[AccessKeys]] * %ICON{ "%IF{ "'AdminSkillsAssumptions'/parent.name='UserDocumentationCategory'" then="info" else="gear" }%" }% [[AdminSkillsAssumptions]] ---- * Set PARENT = UserDocumentationCategory
* %ICON{ "info" }% [[AccessKeys]] * %ICON{ "gear" }% [[AdminSkillsAssumptions]] ---- * Set PARENT = UserDocumentationCategory
* <img src="http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/pub/System/DocumentGraphics/info.png"/> [[AccessKeys]] * <img src="http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/pub/System/DocumentGraphics/gear.png"/> [[AdminSkillsAssumptions]] ---- * Set PARENT = UserDocumentationCategory
%SEARCH{ "culture" nonoise="on" format=" * $topic is referenced by: (list all references)" }%Second (inner) search: For each hit, we want this search:
%SEARCH{ "(topic found in outer search)" nonoise="on" format="$topic" separator=", " }%Now let's nest the two.
$percent
to escape (delay) the inner search's SEARCH macro
\"
to escape the double quotes
$dollar
to escape the $
of $topic
%SEARCH{ "culture" nonoise="on" limit="5" format="\ * $topic is referenced by: * $percentSEARCH{ \"$topic\" nonoise=\"on\" format=\"$dollartopic\" separator=\", \" }$percent" }%To get this:
When nesting with escapes, each new nesting level must "escape the escapes", e.g. write$dollarpercentSEARCH{
for level three,$dollardollarpercentSEARCH{
for level four, etc.
$topic
, $dollartopic
or $dollardollartopic
.
If you find yourself using escaped tokens like $dollartopic
, another approach is to use the STARTSECTION/ENDSECTION feature of INCLUDE. Instead of nesting the inner search expression directly inside the format string of the outer, the inner search is written as a separate stand-alone section of a topic which is INCLUDEd into the format string of the outer.
Write this:
%SEARCH{ "culture" nonoise="on" limit="5" format="\ * $topic is referenced by: * $percentINCLUDE{\"%TOPIC%\" section=\"mysearch\" thetopic=\"$topic\"}$percent" }% <!-- HTML comment to hide this section from the user and web browser's DOM. verbatim prevents the section being evaluated. Alternatively, sections like this can be placed into dedicated utility topics which may hold many such re-usable pieces of your wiki application <verbatim> %SEARCH{ "%thetopic%" nonoise="on" format="$topic" separator=", " }% </verbatim> -->
Output will be the same as for the first method Nested search can be slow, especially if you nest more than 3 levels deep. Nesting is limited to 16 levels.
%SEARCH{ "1" type="query" nonoise="on" order="modified" reverse="on" limit="7" format="| [[$topic]] | $wikiusername | $date |" }%To get this:
FastCGIEngineContrib | Main.AdminUser | 02 Jul 2014 - 07:33 |
AntiWikiSpamPlugin | Main.AdminUser | 02 Jul 2014 - 07:33 |
CompareRevisionsAddonPlugin | Main.ProjectContributor | 04 May 2014 - 02:09 |
CompareRevisionsAddOn | Main.ProjectContributor | 02 May 2014 - 02:14 |
YahooUserInterfaceContrib | Main.UnknownUser | 01 May 2014 - 17:23 |
WebLeftBarSearch | Main.UnknownUser | 01 May 2014 - 17:23 |
VarSHOWPREFERENCE | Main.UnknownUser | 01 May 2014 - 17:23 |
%SEARCH{ "info.date >= d2n('2009-01-01') AND info.date <= d2n('2009-12-31')" type="query" limit="20" format=" * $percentICON{ \"$percentIF{ \"'$topic'/parent.name='UserDocumentationCategory'\" then=\"info\" else=\"gear\" }$percent\" }$percent [[$topic]]" }%
Details:To get this:
- The SEARCH has a delayed ICON. The
$percent
ensures that ICON is evaluated once for each search hit- The ICON contains an IF, which again is delayed with the
$percent
token and will also be evaluated for each SEARCH hit. Additionally, the inside-out, left-to-right rule discussed earlier means that this IF expression will be evaluated before ICON.- If
$topic
is a child of UserDocumentationCategory, theinfo
icon is used; otherwise,gear
.
<form action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{"view"}%/%WEB%/%TOPIC%"> Find Topics: <input type="text" name="q" size="32"\ value="%URLPARAM{"q" encode="entity"}%" /> <input\ type="submit" class="foswikiSubmit" value="Search" /> </form> Result: %SEARCH{ "%URLPARAM{"q" encode="quote"}%" type="keyword" nosearch="on" format=" * $web.$topic: %BR% $summary" }%To get this: Result:
File Attachments can be used to archive data, or to create powerful customized groupware solutions, like file sharing and document management systems, and quick Web page authoring.
For file sharing, FileAttachments on a series of topics can be used to quickly create a well-documented, categorized digital download center for all types of files: documents, graphics and other media, drivers and patches, applications; anything you can safely upload!
Through your web browser, you can easily upload graphics (or sound files, or anything else you want to link to on a page) and place them on a single page, or use them across a web, or site-wide.
You can also add graphics - any files - directly, typically by FTP upload. This requires FTP access, and may be more convenient if you have a large number of files to load. FTP-ed files cannot be managed using browser-based attachment controls. You can use your browser to create shortcuts using Macros, like this %H% = .
Attachment names are stored directly in the server native file system, so filenames are sanitized to prevent use of names that would be unacceptable to the variety of platforms where Foswiki is supported. Note that the rules are different depending on whether or not your installation is configured to support international characters (UseLocale)
.
(period / decimal point / "dot")
_
(Underscore)
-
(Hyphen or dash)
_
) during upload
.
, \
or /
) will be stripped
_
_
(Underscore).
*
(Asterisk)
?
(Question mark)
~
(Tilde)
^
(Caret / Circumflex)
\
(Backslash)
$
(Dollar-sign)
@
(At-sign)
%
(Percent-sign)
`'"
Quotes (Open-quote, Close-quote/Apostrophe, and Double-quote)
&
(Ampersand)
;
(Semicolon)
|
(Vertical line)
<>
(Less and Greater signs)
[]
(Open and close square brackets)
.
, \
or /
) will be stripped
[Attach]
link at the bottom of the page. The Attach
screen lets you browse for a file, add a comment, and upload it. The uploaded file will show up in the file attachment table. The topic must already exist. If it does not, it is a two step process: First create the topic, then add the file attachment.
*.php
files are renamed to *.php.txt
so that no one can place code that would be read in a .php file.
%ATTACHFILESIZELIMIT%
preference settings, currently set at 10000 kB. It is not recommended to upload files greater than a few hundred K through a browser. Large files can be extremely slow-loading, and often time out. Use an FTP site for large file uploads.
[Attach]
link. This is a convenient way to quickly "attach" files to a topic without uploading them one by one; although at the cost of losing audit trail and version control. The automatic attachment feature can only be used by an administrator who has access to the server's file system.
%ATTACHEDFILELINKFORMAT%
preference setting. Images (files ending in gif, jpg, jpeg or png) are handled by %ATTACHEDIMAGEFORMAT%
.
$filename
: the name of the file
$fileurl
: URL encoded version of the filename
$comment
: the file comment from the upload dialog
$size
: the filesize (%ATTACHEDIMAGEFORMAT%
only)
$name
: (deprecated, should no longer be used)
There is no access control on individual attachments. If you need control over single files, create a separate topic per file and set topic-level access restrictions for each.
[Manage]
on the Attachment to be moved.
[Move]
. The attachment and its version history are moved. The original location is stored as topic meta data.
Trash
, topic TrashAttachment
.
[Attach]
a file, for example: Sample.txt
[Edit]
the topic you attached the file to and enter: %ATTACHURL%/Sample.txt
[Preview]
: the %ATTACHURL%/Sample.txt
text appears as: http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/pub/System/FileAttachment/Sample.txt, a link to the text file.
%PUBURL%/%WEB%/OtherTopic/Sample.txt
(if it's within the same web)
%PUBURL%/Otherweb/OtherTopic/Sample.txt
(if it's in a different web)
[Attach]
file: Sample.txt
[Edit]
topic and write text: %INCLUDE{"%ATTACHURL%/Sample.txt"}%
[Attach]
an image file, for example: Smile.gif
[Edit]
topic and write text: %ATTACHURL%/Smile.gif
[Preview]
: text appears as , an image.
viewfile
script, which requires a change in your web server configuration. To see how to configure Apache to do this, see http://foswiki.org/Support/ApacheConfigGenerator#Attachments
h
means the attachment is hidden and not listed when viewing a topic in normal mode.
The file attachment table is normally displayed at the bottom of the page, or optionally, hidden and accessed when you click [Attach]
.
I | Attachment | Action | Size | Date | Who | Comment |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
txt | Sample.txt | manage | 0.1 K | 22 Jul 2000 - 19:37 | ProjectContributor | Just a sample |
gif | Smile.gif | manage | 0.1 K | 22 Jul 2000 - 19:38 | ProjectContributor | Smiley face |
[Manage]
link takes you to a new page that looks a bit like this (depending on what skin is selected).
Here, you have different options: [Update file]
. The filename of the original attachment will preserved; the filename of the local file you chose will not be used.
[Change comment and properties only]
. Note that the comment listed against the specific version will not change, however the comment displayed when viewing the topic does change.
Do not show attachment in table
checkbox, then click [Change comment and properties only]
.
Topic data is normally not visible when you view a topic (except for a small table at the bottom of the topic - dependent on the used skin). Topic data works "behind the scenes" and facilitates searches, reports and custom displays.
Topic data, or better: structured data, can be used in many ways. The Foswiki Support questions serves as a demonstration how topic data can be used:WEBFORMS
setting - see Enabling forms.
| *Name* | *Type* | *Size* | *Values* | *Tooltip message* | *Attributes* | | TopicTitle | text | 100 | | | H | | Version | select | 1 | ,Version in SVN,Foswiki 1.1.4,Foswiki 1.1.3,Foswiki 1.1.2,Foswiki 1.1.1 | | | | Status | select | 1 | Asked,More info required,Answered | | M | | Related Topics | textboxlist | | | |In the next section we'll go into the details of the table contents.
The name of the data form topic usually ends with "Form". For example, the form topic for the Support Questions is named "QuestionForm". The form topic can be placed in any web, but usually this is in the same web as the topics that will be using it.
| *Name* | *Type* | *Size* | *Values* | *Tooltip message* | *Attributes* |Only
Name
, Type
and Size
are required. So the minimum table has this header row:
| *Name* | *Type* | *Size* |A simple form just supporting entry of a name and a date would be:
| *Name* | *Type* | *Size* | | Name | text | 80 | | Date | date | 30 |
Name | The name of the form field; must be unique for that form. |
Type | The data type: text, date, single or multi-value, labels (read-only). The type also defines how form field data can be entered in the edit screen, such as text field or radio buttons. |
Size | The input size of the form field inputs on the edit screen. |
Values | For checkboxes, radio buttons and dropdown lists: predefined input to select from. More advanced: this can be a dynamically generated list of values. |
Tooltip message | (hardly used or useful anymore) A message that will be displayed when the cursor is hovered over the field in edit view. |
Attributes | Whether the field is mandatory or hidden in view mode. |
Name
, Type
and Size
are required.
undefined
(or any variant of that name, such as UnDefined), as that name is reserved for use in search queries.
Aeroplane Manufacturers
is equivalent to AeroplaneManufacturers
.
label
field has no name, it will not be shown when the form is viewed, only when it is edited.
select
, checkbox
or radio
field, and want to get the values from another topic, you can use [[...]]
double bracket links. This notation can also be used when referencing another topic to obtain field values, but a name other than the topic name is required as the name of the field.
[<nop>[FieldName][Descriptive human-friendly Field Name]]
.
The control appearance is also specified by size and (initial) value. More on those attributes below.
Type | Description | Size attribute | Value attribute | Modifiers |
---|---|---|---|---|
checkbox |
One or more checkboxes. | How many checkboxes will be displayed on each line. | A comma-separated list of item labels. | checkbox+buttons will add Set and Clear buttons to the basic checkbox type. checkbox+values allows the definition of values that are different to the displayed text. |
date |
A single-line text box and a calendar icon button next to it; clicking on the button will bring up a calendar from which the user can select a date. The date can also be typed into the text box. | The text box width in characters. | The initial text. | |
label |
Read-only label text. | The text of the label. | ||
radio |
Like checkbox except that radio buttons are mutually exclusive; only one can be selected. |
radio+values allows the definition of values that are different to the displayed text. |
||
select |
A select box / dropdown. | A fixed size for the box (e.g. 1 , or a range e.g. 3..10 . To get a dropdown, use size 1 . If you specify a range, the box will never be smaller than 3 items, never larger than 10, and will be 5 high if there are only 5 options. Caution size 1 dropdown is incompatible with select+multi modifier on some browsers. |
A comma-separated list of options for the box. | select+multi turns multiselect on for the select, to allow Shift+Click and Ctrl+Click to select (or deselect) multiple items. select+values allows the definition of values that are different to the displayed text. You can combine these modifiers e.g. select+multi+values |
text |
A one-line text field. | The text box width in number of characters. | The initial (default) content when a new topic is created with this form definition. | |
textarea |
A multi-line text box. | Size in columns x rows, e.g. 80x6 ; default size is 40x5. |
The initial text. |
| Field 9 | select+values | 1 | One, Two=2, Three=III, Four | Various values formats |displays as: The generated HTML code reveals that the form values differ from the option labels:
<select name="Field9" size="1" class="foswikiSelect"> <option value="One" class="foswikiOption">One</option> <option value="2" class="foswikiOption">Two</option> <option value="III" class="foswikiOption">Three</option> <option value="Four" class="foswikiOption">Four</option> </select>
color
:
| *Name* | *Type* | *Size* | *Values* | *Tooltip message* | *Attributes* | | MyColor | color | 10 | | | |
Example (click in the field to view):
checkbox
+multi
anywhere in the name
label
, text
, and textarea
fields the value may also contain commas. checkbox
fields cannot be initialized through the form definition.
|
character in the initial values field, you have to precede it with a backslash, thus: \|
.
<nop>
to prevent macros from being expanded.
| *Name* | *Type* | *Size* | *Values* | *Tooltip message* | *Attributes* | | AeroplaneManufacturers | select | | | | |... Foswiki will look for the topic AeroplaneManufacturers to get the possible values for the
select
field.
The Values
column must be empty.
The AeroplaneManufacturers topic must contain a table, where each row of the table describes a possible value. The table only requires one column, Name
. Other columns may be present, but are ignored.
For example:
| *Name* | | Routan | | Focke-Wulf | | De Havilland |
| *Name* | *Type* | *Size* | *Values* | *Tooltip message* | *Attributes* | | Subject | select+multi | 10 | ,%SEARCH{ \ "Wiki" \ scope="topic" \ web="%SYSTEMWEB%" \ nonoise="on" \ type="regex" \ format="$topic" \ separator=", " \ }% | | |Note the use of the backslash to be able to write the macro in a more readable way using multiple lines. The comma just before the
SEARCH
means "empty value" to make it possible to select none.
Sometimes you have a topic with a bullet list that can be used as selectable values. The rather advanced SEARCH
expression would be:
| Subject | select+multi | 10 | ,%SEARCH{ \ " *\s*.*?" \ topic="QuestionSubjectCategory" \ type="regex" \ multiple="on" \ casesensitive="on" \ nonoise="on" \ separator="," \ format="$pattern(.* \*\s*([^\n]*).*)" \ }% | | |You are not expected to write these kind of search expressions yourself, but if you like you can find more of these in Search Pattern Cookbook.
text
fields when a topic is saved. If you need linefeeds in a field, make sure it is a textarea
.
H |
Indicates that this field should not be shown in view mode. However, the field is available for editing and storing information. |
M |
Indicates that this field is mandatory. The topic cannot be saved unless a value is provided for this field. If the field is found empty during topic save, the user is presented with an error message. Mandatory fields are indicated by an asterisk next to the field name. |
| TopicTitle | text | 100 | | | H M |
WEBFORMS
setting. The setting accepts a comma-separated list of form topics:
* Set WEBFORMS = BugForm, FeatureForm, Books.BookLoanForm, %USERSWEB%.UserFormAs you can see, form topics located in other webs can be added by using their web prefix. You have to list the available form topics explicitly. You cannot use a
SEARCH
to define WEBFORMS
.
WEBFORMS
enabled, a form can be added or changed on the edit screen.
%META:FORM{name="QuestionForm"}% %META:FIELD{name="TopicTitle" attributes="H" title="TopicTitle" value=""}% %META:FIELD{name="Subject" attributes="" title="Subject" value=""}% %META:FIELD{name="Status" attributes="M" title="Status" value="Asked"}%In the template initial field values can be set, like the "Status" field in this example.
WebTopicEditTemplate
topic to contain the form reference.
formtemplate
parameter to the edit (not save) URL.
Initial values can then be provided in the URLs or as form values.
For example:
%SCRIPTURL{edit}%/%WEB%/KnowledgeTopicAUTOINC00001?formtemplate=MyForm;Subject=FAQWhatIsWikiWiki;Category=One;Category=Two;action=form
XxxYyyAUTOINC00001
: creates a new auto-numbered topic name with base "XxxYyy" - see automatically generate unique topic names
formtemplate
: specifies the form topic, like: formtemplate=MyForm
name=value
, like: Subject=FAQWhatIsWikiWiki
name=value1;name=value2
, like: Category=One;Category=Two
action=form
: shows the topic data form and hides the topic text form
<form name="newtopic" action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{"save"}%/%SANDBOXWEB%/" method="post"> <input type="hidden" name="formtemplate" value="SimpleForm" /> <input type="hidden" name="topic" value="KnowledgeTopicAUTOINC00001" /> <input type="hidden" name="Subject" value="FAQWhatIsWikiWiki" /> <input type="hidden" name="Category" value="One" /> <input type="hidden" name="Category" value="Two" /> <input type="submit" class="foswikiSubmit" value="Create topic" /> </form>Creates: For an overview of web form parameters, see CGI and Command Line Scripts.
%SEARCH{ "QuestionForm.Status='Asked'" type="query" excludetopic="QuestionTemplate" web="%WEB%" format=" * [[$web.$topic][$formfield(TopicTitle)]] $formfield(Subject)" order="formfield(Extension)" nonoise="on" }%For a step by step tutorial, see the FAQ How can I create a simple data form based application?. See SEARCH for an overview of
SEARCH
parameters, and Query Search for the query language specifics.
Back to top
Topic Name: | What it is: |
---|---|
WebCreateNewTopicTemplate | Page shown when you click on a Create New Topic link. It provides a form requesting the necessary information to create a new, nonexistent topic. |
TopicDoesNotExistViewTemplate | Alert page shown when you try to view a nonexistent topic and usually used as a prompt to help you create this new topic. For this reason, the form of the WebCreateNewTopicTemplate is included and therefore shown, too. |
WebTopicEditTemplate | Default text used in a new topic. |
<MyCustomNamed>Template | Whenever you create a topic ending in the word "Template", it is automatically added to the list of available template topics in the "Use Template" drop down field on the WebCreateNewTopic page. |
edit
script, the system locates a template topic according to the following search order: templatetopic
CGI parameter When the following macros are used in a template topic, they automatically get expanded when new topic is created based on it:
Macro: | Description: |
---|---|
%DATE% |
Signature format date. See VarDATE |
%GMTIME% |
Date/time. See VarGMTIME |
%GMTIME{...}% |
Formatted date/time. See VarGMTIME |
%NOP% |
A no-operation macro that gets removed. Useful to prevent a SEARCH from hitting an edit template topic; also useful to escape a variable, such as %URLPA%NOP%RAM{...}% escaping URLPARAM |
%STARTSECTION{type="templateonly"}% |
Text that gets removed when a new topic based on the template topic is created. See notes below. |
%STARTSECTION{type="expandvariables"}% |
All Foswiki macros in this section type are expanded when a new topic based on the template topic is created. Otherwise only the macros listed here are expanded. |
%SERVERTIME% |
Date/time. See VarSERVERTIME |
%SERVERTIME{...}% |
Formatted date/time. See VarSERVERTIME |
%USERNAME% |
Login name of user who is instantiating the new topic, e.g. guest |
%URLPARAM{"name"}% |
Value of a named URL or HTTP POST parameter |
%WIKINAME% |
WikiName of user who is creating the new topic, e.g. WikiGuest |
%WIKIUSERNAME% |
User name of user who is creating the new topic, e.g. Main.WikiGuest |
%STARTSECTION{type="templateonly"}%markers are used to embed text that you do not want expanded when a new topic based on the template topic is created. For example, you might want to write in the template topic:
...
%ENDSECTION{type="templateonly"}%
%STARTSECTION{type="templateonly"}% This template topic can only be changed by: * Set ALLOWTOPICCHANGE = Main.AdminGroup %ENDSECTION{type="templateonly"}%This will restrict who can edit the template topic, but will get removed when a new topic based on that template topic is created.
%NOP%
can be used to prevent expansion of macros that would otherwise be expanded during topic creation e.g. escape %SERVERTIME%
with %SER%NOP%VERTIME%
.
All other macros are unchanged, e.g. are carried over "as is" into the new topic, unless they are contained within a %STARTSECTION{type="expandvariables"}% section.
formtemplate
parameter to the edit
script to specify the name of a form to attach.
See CommandAndCGIScripts for information about this, and all the other parameters to edit
.
AUTOINC<n>
to the topic name in the edit and save scripts, and it will be replaced with an auto-incremented number on topic save. <n>
is a number starting from 0, and may include leading zeros. Leading zeros are used to zero-pad numbers so that auto-incremented topic names can sort properly. Deleted topics are not re-used to ensure uniqueness of topic names. That is, the auto-incremented number is always higher than the existing ones, even if there are gaps in the number sequence.
Examples: BugAUTOINC0
- creates topic names Bug0
, Bug1
, Bug2
, ... (does not sort properly)
ItemAUTOINC0000
- creates topic names Item0000
, Item0001
, Item0002
, ... (sorts properly up to 9999)
DocIDAUTOINC10001
- start with DocID10001
, DocID10002
, ... (sorts properly up to 99999; auto-links)
[[%SCRIPTURLPATH{edit}%/%WEB%/BugIDAUTOINC00001?templatetopic=BugTemplate;topicparent=%TOPIC%;t=%SERVERTIME{"$day$hour$min$sec"}%][Create new item]]
Here is an example for creating new topics (in the Sandbox web) based on a specific template topic and form:
The above form asks for a topic name. A hidden input tag namedtemplatetopic
specifies ExampleTopicTemplate as the template topic to use. Here is the HTML source of the form:
<form name="new" action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{edit}%/%SANDBOXWEB%/" method="post"> New example topic: <input type="text" name="topic" class="foswikiInputField" value="ExampleTopicAUTOINC0001" size="30" /> <input type="submit" class="foswikiSubmit" value="Create" /> <input type="hidden" name="templatetopic" value="%SYSTEMWEB%.ExampleTopicTemplate" /> <input type="hidden" name="topicparent" value="%TOPIC%" /> <input type="hidden" name="onlywikiname" value="on" /> <input type="hidden" name="onlynewtopic" value="on" /> </form>
Note: You can create a topic in one step, without going through the edit screen. To do that, specify thesave
script instead of theedit
script in the form action. When you specify the save script you must use the "post" method. Example:<form name="new" action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{save}%/Sandbox/" method="post"> ... </form>See CommandAndCGIScripts#edit for details of the parameters that theedit
script understands.
You can use the%WIKIUSERNAME%
and%DATE%
macros in your template topics to include the signature of the person creating a new topic. The macros are expanded into fixed text when a new topic is created. The standard signature is:
-- %WIKIUSERNAME% - %DATE%
The framework used to render output.
.tmpl
in the templates/
directory, or in Foswiki topics.
Template directives are expanded when the template is loaded, and are
used to define the general structure of the output. Macros and Template
Tokens are expanded when the page is rendered, and fill in page-specific
information.
Note that Macros and Tokens are written using the same syntax.
See Macros for more information on macros.
Tokens look exactly like Macros, but they are specific for the script
expanding the template, and cannot be used elsewhere in Foswiki. See
SkinTemplateTokens for more information on tokens.
%TMPL:INCLUDE{"file"}%
includes a template file. The file is found as described below.
%TMPL:DEF{"name"}%
defines a block. All text between this and the next %TMPL:END%
directive is removed and saved for later use with %TMPL:P%
.
%TMPL:END%
ends a block definition.
%TMPL:PREV%
: returns the previous definition of the block being defined.
%TMPL:P{"name"}%
includes a previously defined block.
%{...}%
is a comment. Whitespace either side of the comment (newlines, spaces, tabs etc) is treated as part of the comment, and removed when the comment is removed.
Most template directives work only for templates: they do not get processed in normal topic text. The one exception is %TMPL:P
.
%TMPL:DEF%
and %TMPL:P%
support simple parameters.
Parameters are only available in the immediate definition being included; they
are not passed on to any other TMPL:P
inside the TMPL:DEF
being expanded
unless they are passed on explicitly in a new parameter.
P
inside a block:
%TMPL:DEF{"x"}% x%P%z %TMPL:END%then pass a value to that parameter:
%TMPL:P{"x" P="y"}%This will expand to
xyz
.
TMPL:P
parameters
override any other possible definition of the name, so you should not use
parameter names that might clash with Macros.
context
, then
and else
are reserved.
They are used to support a limited form of "if" condition that you can use to select which of two TMPL:DEF
to expand, based on a context identifier:
%TMPL:DEF{"link_inactive"}%<input type="button" disabled value="Link>%TMPL:END% %TMPL:DEF{"link_active"}%<input type="button" onclick="link()" value="Link" />%TMPL:END% %TMPL:P{context="inactive" then="link_inactive" else="link_active"}% for %CONTEXT%When the
inactive
context is set, then this will expand the link_inactive
TMPL:DEF
; otherwise it will expand link_active
.
This style of conditional expansion is used in preference to the
%IF{}
macro where possible because it is much more efficient.
See If Statements: Context identifiers for details of supported context identifiers.
TMPL:INCLUDE
recursion %TMPL:INCLUDE%
for piecewise customisation, or
mixing in new features.
If there is a recursion in the %TMPL:INCLUDE%
chain (eg. view.tmpl
contains
%TMPL:INCLUDE{"view"}%
), the templating system will detect that you
are trying to include the same template again, and will instead include the
next version of the template of that name that it finds in the
template path.
For example, say you only want to override the breadcrumbs for the view
script. You could create a tempate called view.crumbless.tmpl
:
%TMPL:INCLUDE{"view"}% %TMPL:DEF{"breadcrumb"}% We don't want any crumbs %TMPL:END%and then
* Set SKIN=crumbless,pattern
Remember: the template path contains the most specific template first.
%{...}%
are removed from the templates as soon as the file is
read, before any other template macros are evaluated. Whitespace either side
of the comment (newlines, spaces, tabs etc) is also removed.
.tmpl
files in the templates
directory.
For example, templates/view.tmpl
is the default skin template file for
the bin/view
script. You can also save skin templates in user topics.
The {TemplatePath}
configuration setting (in the Miscellaneous section of
the configure page) defines which directories,
files and Foswiki topics will be recognised as containing templates.
Skin templates that are loaded using %TMPL:INCLUDE
with an explicit .tmpl
extension are looked for only in the templates/
directory. For instance
%TMPL:INCLUDE{"example.tmpl"}%
will only return templates/example.tmpl
,
regardless of {TemplatePath}
and SKIN
settings.
All other templates are searched for using the {TemplatePath}
. This is a
list of generic name patterns, each of which contains the placeholders
$name
(the template name), $web
(the web), and $skin
(the skin),
each standing in for part of the name. Each entry in this list is expanded
in turn until the template is found.
The rules defined by the out-of-the-box setting of {TemplatePath}
are: templates/$web/$name.$skin.tmpl
templates/$name.$skin.tmpl
$web.$skinSkin$nameTemplate
System.$skinSkin$nameTemplate
templates/$web/$name.tmpl
templates/$name.tmpl
$web.$nameTemplate
System.$nameTemplate
Sandbox
and are searching for the template called function
. The skin path is set to custom,pattern
. The following locations will be considered in turn, until a template is found: templates/Sandbox/function.custom.tmpl
(rule 1)
templates/Sandbox/function.pattern.tmpl
(rule 1)
templates/function.custom.tmpl
(rule 2)
templates/function.pattern.tmpl
(rule 2)
Sandbox.CustomSkinFunctionTemplate
(rule 3)
Sandbox.PatternSkinFunctionTemplate
(rule 3)
System.CustomSkinFunctionTemplate
(rule 4)
System.PatternSkinFunctionTemplate
(rule 4)
templates/Sandbox/function.tmpl
(rule 5)
templates/function.tmpl
(rule 6)
Sandbox.FunctionTemplate
(rule 7)
System.FunctionTemplate
(rule 8)
This usage is supported for compatibility only and is deprecated. Store web-specific templates in topics instead.
When a skin name or template name is used to build a topic name, the first character is automatically capitalised.
The skin path is set as described in Skins. Template file names are usually derived from the name of the currently executing script; however it is also possible to override these settings in theview
and edit
scripts, for example when a topic-specific template is required. Two preference settings can be used to override the skin templates used: VIEW_TEMPLATE
sets the template to be used for viewing a topic.
EDIT_TEMPLATE
sets the template for editing a topic.
view
and edit
respectively. The template search order remains as specified above.
{TemplatePath}
is a compromise between the often
opposing goals of security and usability. From a security perspective,
allowing templates to be loaded from topics might open a door to people
who want to inject their own evil HTML in those topics. From a usability
perspective, it's very desireable to be able to override templates from topics,
as it vastly increases the range of wiki applications.
The default {TemplatePath}
comes down on the side of usability, by allowing
templates from topics to be found before templates from the (more secure)
templates
directory. If you are particularly security concious, you may
want to reverse this order, so that templates in templates/
are always
found before those in topics. You can do this by simply moving rules
3 and 7 to the end of the list.
Note that topics containing templates are checked for VIEW access using the
normal Foswiki access controls. Any access control failure
is silently ignored, and the template path expansion continues.
Foswiki::Templates
module has a "trace" mode. In
this mode, the output is annotated with HTML comments that are wrapped
around the output generated by each template, as it is expanded. For example,
when trace mode is off,
%TMPL:DEF{"x:y"}% de %TMPL:END% blah %TMPL:P{"x:y"}% blahwill expand to:
blah de blahWith tracing enabled, it will expand to:
blah <!--x:y--> de <!--/x:y--> blahTo enable the trace mode, edit
lib/Foswiki/Templates.pm
in your
installation and change use constant TRACE => 0
to
use constant TRACE => 1
.
Note that the trace annotations may make your output look strange. However
you can usually "view source" in the browser to see what was generated (or
you may be able to run the script from the command-line e.g. cd bin; perl -T -I . view topic=MyWeb.MyTopic skin=mynewskin
).
Don't forget to switch the trace mode off again when you are finished!
Finally, here's a very high-level overview of the default templates. These templates are rarely used on their own, but are used as the base on which skins, such as PatternSkin, are built.
foswiki.tmpl
is the default master template. The main purpose of this
template is to instantiate the following blocks: htmldoctype
- start of all HTML pages
bodystart
- start of the body tag
main
- page content
bodyend
- end of the page
foswiki.tmpl
is never used on its own, but is frequently included by other templates.
Next, there are a number of action-specific templates, such as view.tmpl
,
edit.tmpl
, login.tmpl
. These are the templates loaded by the actions of
the same name. Their purpose is to include foswiki.tmpl
, and provide new,
page-specific, definitions of the blocks described above.
Several of the action-specific templates have skinned versions, such as view.print.tmpl
and view.text.tmpl
. These skinned versions are used to view the page in a specific way - for printing, or as plain text, for example.
messages.tmpl
is an important template; it provides the basic definitions of
all error and warning messages that Foswiki issues. These are defined using
the %MAKETEXT
macro to simplify translation into different languages.
attachtables.tmpl
is another template worthy of separate mention. This
template defines the different parts of the page that are involved in
displaying tables of attachments. The blocks defined in this template are
instantiated directly from code, rather than via %TMPL:P
.
The remainder of the templates are used for varying purposes; their names, or introductory comments, should clarify.
A skin can provide a new version of any or all of these templates, depending on the depth of customisation. See the template files named*.pattern.*
to
see what PatternSkin defines.
Topic text is not affected by the choice of skin, though a skin can be defined to use a CSS (Cascading Style Sheet), which can sometimes give a radically different appearance to the text.
You may want to define your own skin, for example to comply with corporate web guidelines, or because you have a aesthetic vision that you want to share. There are a couple of places you can start doing this.
Skin templates are located by looking at a list of possible locations, including topics and files in thetemplates
directory. The lookup process is configurable, and is described in SkinTemplates#FindingTemplates. You can choose to define your skin entirely in topics, entirely in files in templates
, or in a mixture of both.
The easiest way to start creating a new skin is to layer it over an existing skin, only overriding those parts of the existing skin that you want to customise. Foswiki can be configured to fall back to another skin if a template is not defined in your skin. A custom skin can be as small as one file!
Most skins, even those that look radically different to the default, use this layering approach, by basing themselves on the default skin templates (those template files with no skin name e.gview.tmpl
, edit.tmpl
etc). These templates provide a minimal interface that is easy to understand and build on. Another advantage of this approach is that if new features are exposed in the default templates, your skin has a chance to pick them up "for free".
If you use PatternSkin as your starting point, and you want to modify the layout, colors or even the templates to suit your own needs, have a look first at the topics PatternSkinCustomization and PatternSkinCssCookbook. These topics also provide practical instructions how to create custom skin template files.
Note: Don't call your skintext
orrss
as these two skin names have reserved meanings, see below at hard-coded meanings.
The following template names are used for Foswiki screens, and are referenced in the Foswiki core code. If a skin doesn't define its own version of a template file, then Foswiki will fall back to the next skin in the skin path, or finally, to the default version of the template file.
(Certain template files are expected to provide certain TMPL:DEFs - these are listed in sub-bullets)addform
- used to select a new form for a topic
attachagain
- used when refreshing an existing attachment
attachnew
- used when attaching a new file to a topic
attachtables
- defines the format of attachments at the bottom of the standard topic view ATTACH:files:footer
, ATTACH:files:header
, ATTACH:files:row
, ATTACH:versions:footer
, ATTACH:versions:header
, ATTACH:versions:row
changeform
- used to change the form in a topic
changes
- used by the changes
script
edit
- used for the edit screen
form
formtables
- used to defined the format of forms FORM:display:footer
, FORM:display:header
, FORM:display:row
login
- used for loggin in when using the TemplateLoginManager LOG_IN
, LOG_IN_BANNER
, LOG_OUT
, LOGGED_IN_BANNER
, NEW_USER_NOTE
, UNRECOGNISED_USER
moveattachment
- used when moving an attachment
oopsaccessdenied
- used to format Access Denied messages no_such_topic
, no_such_web
, only_group
, topic_access
oopsattention
- used to format Attention messages already_exists
, bad_email
, bad_ver_code
, bad_wikiname
, base_web_missing
, confirm
, created_web
, delete_err
, invalid_web_color
, invalid_web_name
, in_a_group
, mandatory_field
, merge_notice
, missing_action
, missing_fields
, move_err
, missing_action
, no_form_def
, no_users_to_reset
, not_a_user
, oversized_upload
, password_changed
, password_mismatch
, problem_adding
, remove_user_done
, rename_err
, rename_not_wikiword
, rename_topic_exists
, rename_web_err
, rename_web_exists
, rename_web_prerequisites
, reset_bad
, reset_ok
, save_error
, send_mail_error
, thanks
, topic_exists
, unrecognized_action
, upload_name_changed
, web_creation_error
, web_exists
, web_missing
, wrong_password
, zero_size_upload
oopsgeneric
- a basic dialog for user information; provides "ok" button only
oopslanguagechanged
- used to confirm a new language when internationalisation is enabled
oopsleaseconflict
- used to format lease Conflict messages lease_active
, lease_old
preview
- used for previewing edited topics before saving
rdiff
- used for viewing topic differences
registernotify
- used by the user registration system
registernotifyadmin
- used by the user registration system
rename
- used when renaming a topic
renameconfirm
- used when renaming a topic
renamedelete
- used when renaming a topic
renameweb
- used when renaming a web
renamewebconfirm
- used when renaming a web
renamewebdelete
- used when renaming a web
searchbookview
- used to format search results in book view
searchformat
- used to format search results
search
- used to format inline search results if no formatting is specified
settings
view
- used by the view
CGI script
viewprint
- used to create the printable view
foswiki.tmpl
is a master template conventionally used by other templates, but not used directly by code.
Note: Make sure templates do not end with a newline. Any newline will expand to an empty <p />
in the generated html. It will produce invalid html, and may break the page layout.
view.tmpl
contains %TMPL:INCLUDE{"foswiki"}%
, the templating system will include the next SKIN in the skin path.
To create a customisation of the Pattern skin, where you only want to remove the edit & WYSIWYG buttons from the view
screen, you create only a view.yourlocal.tmpl
:
%TMPL:INCLUDE{"view"}% %TMPL:DEF{"edit_topic_link"}%%TMPL:END% %TMPL:DEF{"edit_wysiwyg_link"}%%TMPL:END%and then set
SKIN=yourlocal,pattern
in Main.SitePreferences, a particular web's WebPreferences, or in an individual topic, depending on the desired scope of the skin.
Macro: | Expanded to: |
---|---|
%WEBLOGONAME% |
Filename of web logo |
%WEBLOGOIMG% |
Image URL of web logo |
%WEBLOGOURL% |
Link of web logo |
%WEBLOGOALT% |
Alt text of web logo |
%WIKILOGOURL% |
Link of page logo |
%WIKILOGOIMG% |
Image URL of page logo |
%WIKILOGOALT% |
Alt text of page logo |
%WEBBGCOLOR% |
Web-specific background color, defined in the WebPreferences |
%WIKITOOLNAME% |
The name of your Foswiki site |
%SCRIPTURL% |
The script URL of Foswiki |
%SCRIPTURLPATH% |
The script URL path |
%SCRIPTSUFFIX% |
The script suffix, ex: .pl , .cgi |
%WEB% |
The name of the current web. |
%TOPIC% |
The name of the current topic. |
%WEBTOPICLIST% |
Common links of current web, defined in the WebPreferences. It includes a Go box |
%TEXT% |
The topic text, e.g. the content that can be edited |
%QUERY{"form.name"}% |
DataForm, if any |
%QUERY{"attachments.name"}% |
FileAttachment list |
%QUERY{"parent.name"}% |
The topic parent |
%EDITTOPIC% |
Edit link |
%REVTITLE% |
The revision title, if any, ex: (r1.6) |
%REVINFO% |
Revision info, ex: r1.6 - 24 Dec 2002 - 08:12 GMT - Main.WikiGuest |
%WEBCOPYRIGHT% |
Copyright notice, defined in the WebPreferences |
%BROADCASTMESSAGE% |
Broadcast message at the beginning of your view template, can be used to alert users of scheduled downtimes; can be set in Main.SitePreferences |
css.pattern.tmpl
.
%ADDTOZONE{ "head" id="MySkin/mystyle" text=" <style type='text/css' media='all'> @import url('%PUBURLPATH%/%SYSTEMWEB%/MySkin/mystyle.css'); </style>" }%See ADDTOZONE
http://www.google.com/
to jump to an external web site. The feature is handy if you build a skin that has a select box of frequently used links, like Intranet home, employee database, sales database and such. A little JavaScript gets into action on the onchange
method of the select tag to fill the selected URL into the "Go" box field, then submits the form.
Here is an example form that has a select box and the "Go" box for illustration purposes. You need to have JavaScript enabled for this to work:
Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled inconfigure
(Miscellaneous, {AllowRedirectUrl}
).
FLASHNOTE
. For example:
See the alert at the top of this topic.
While this feature is not yet used by the system, it might be a good idea to already prepare your skin.
attachtables.tmpl
template using the %TMPL:DEF
directive syntax described in SkinTemplates. These macros are:
Macro | Description |
---|---|
ATTACH:files:header |
Standard title bar |
ATTACH:files:row |
Standard row |
ATTACH:files:footer |
Footer for all screens |
ATTACH:files:header:A |
Title bar for upload screens, with attributes column |
ATTACH:files:row:A |
Row for upload screen |
ATTACH:files:footer:A |
Footer for all screens |
Macro | Description |
---|---|
ATTACH:versions:header |
Header for versions table on upload screen |
ATTACH:versions:row |
Row format for versions table on upload screen |
ATTACH:versions:footer |
Footer for versions table on upload screen |
ATTACH:row
macros are expanded for each file in the attachment table, using the following special tags:
Tag | Description |
---|---|
%A_URL% |
viewfile URL that will recover the file |
%A_REV% |
Revision of this file |
%A_ICON% |
A file icon suitable for representing the attachment content |
%A_FILE% |
The name of the file. To get the 'pub' url of the file, use %PUBURL%/%WEB%/%TOPIC%/%A_FILE% |
%A_SIZE% |
The size of the file |
%A_DATE% |
The date the file was uploaded |
%A_USER% |
The user who uploaded it |
%A_COMMENT% |
The comment they put in when uploading it |
%A_ATTRS% |
The attributes of the file as seen on the upload screen e.g "h" for a hidden file |
For your own skin you are encouraged to show a small 88x31 pixel logo at the bottom of your skin:
<a href="http://foswiki.org/"> <img src="%PUBURL%/%SYSTEMWEB%/ProjectLogos/foswiki-badge.gif"\ alt="Powered by Foswiki" width="88" height="31"\ title="Powered by Foswiki" border="0" /> </a>
Generating:
The standard Foswiki skins show the logo in the%WEBCOPYRIGHT%
.
You can try out all installed skins in the SkinBrowser.
view.
skin.tmpl
, where skin is the name of the skin e.g. pattern
. If no template is found, then the fallback is to use view.tmpl
. Each skin on the path is searched for in turn. For example, if you have set the skin path to local,pattern
then view.local.tmpl
will be searched for first, then view.pattern.tmpl
and finally view.tmpl
.
The basic skin is defined by the SKIN
preference:
* Set SKIN = catskin, bearskinYou can override this using the URL parameter
skin
, such as
?skin=catskin,bearskin
:
Setting the ?skin
parameter in the URL replaces the existing skin path setting for the current request only.
You can also extend the existing skin path using covers:
* Set COVER = ruskinThis pushes a different skin to the front of the skin search path, so the final skin path will be
ruskin, catskin, bearskin
.
There is also a cover
URL parameter that can be used to push yet more skin names in front of the COVER
preference.
So the final value of the skin path is given by: cover
url parameter
COVER
preference
skin
url parameter, if it is non-null
SKIN
preference, if the skin
url parameter is not given
* Set SKIN = muscle,bone * Set COVER = epidermisand a URL with the parameter
?cover=hair,dermis
then the final skin path will
be hair
, dermis
, epidermis
, muscle
, bone
.
Or we might specify a skin
url parameter, ?skin=flesh
. With the same preferences this will set the skin path epidermis
, flesh
.
Note that you cannot use the cover
url parameter to remove a skin applied by the COVER
preference. Once a COVER
preference is defined, it is always applied.
text
skin is reserved for Foswiki internal use.
Skin names starting with rss
also have a special meaning; if one or more of the skins in the skin path starts with 'rss' then 8-bit characters will be encoded as XML entities in the output, and the content-type
header will be forced to text/xml
.
META:
macros
The default store engines store topics in plain-text files on disk, in a simple and obvious directory structure. The big advantage of this approach is that it makes it very easy to manipulate topics from outside Foswiki, and it is also very robust; there are no complex binary indexes to maintain, and moving a topic from one installation to another is as simple as copying a couple of text files.
To keep everything together in one place, meta-data (Foswiki-generated or from forms) is embedded directly in topics, using special macros. These macros are easy to spot, as they all start with the reservedMETA:
prefix.
META:
data includes information such as file attachments, topic movement history, and form field values. For efficiency reasons, the topic history is not stored in this meta-data, but is expected to be implemented elsewhere by the store engine.
%META:<type>{key1="value1" key2="value2" ...}%
%"\r\n{}
are encoded in argument values, using the standard URL encoding.
Example of core meta-data%META:TOPICINFO{version="6" date="976762663" author="LastEditor" format="1.0"}% text of the topic %META:TOPICMOVED{from="Real.SecretAgents" to="Hollywood.SecretAgents" by="CoverUp" date="976762680"}% %META:TOPICPARENT{name="MilitaryIntelligence5"}% %META:FILEATTACHMENT{name="CV.txt" version="3" ... }% %META:FILEATTACHMENT{name="Photo.gif" version="1" ... }% %META:FORM{name="SecretAgentForm"}% %META:FIELD{name="ChosenWeapon" value="Beretta"}% %META:FIELD{name="Paramour" value="PussyGalore"}% %META:PREFERENCE{name="ALLOWTOPICCHANGE" value="JamesBond"}% %META:PREFERENCE{name="DENYTOPICVIEW" value="ErnstBlofeld"}%
The following meta-data macros are supported by the Foswiki core. Other macros may be used by extensions; see the extension documentation for more details. The core will read and write these extension macros, but will otherwise ignore them.
Some fields are required by macros, while others are optional. Required fields are marked with a %REG% symbol. The %REG% character is not part of the attribute name.This macro caches some of the information that would normally be derived from the underlying store engine. It does this for efficiency reasons.
Key | Comment |
---|---|
author%REG% | Canonical user identifier of last user to change the topic. The exact format of this depends on the user mapping manager. |
version | Topic version; a plain integer. |
date | epoch time |
format | Format of this topic, will be used for automatic format conversion |
reprev | Set when a revision is overwritten by the same author within the {ReplaceIfEditedAgainWithin} window (set in configure ). If reprev is the same as version , it prevents Foswiki from attempting to do a 3-way merge when merging overlapping edits by two different users. |
This only exists if the topic has been moved. If a topic is moved more than once, only the most recent META:TOPICMOVED meta datum exists in the topic. Older ones can to be found in the topic history.
%META:TOPICMOVED{from="Real.SecretAgents" to="Hollywood.SecretAgents" by="CoverUp" date="976762680"}%
Key | Comment |
---|---|
from%REG% | Full name, i.e., web.topic |
to%REG% | Full name, i.e., web.topic |
by%REG% | Canonical user identifier of who moved the topic. The exact format of this depends on the user mapping manager. |
date%REG% | epoch time |
?
question mark link, or by filling out a form. The topic parent may also be manipulated in the user interface.
Key | Comment |
---|---|
name%REG% | Normally just TopicName , but it can be a full Web.TopicName format if the parent is in a different Web. |
Reference to a file attached to this topic.
Key | Comment |
---|---|
name%REG% | Name of file, no path. Must be unique within topic |
version | An integer |
path | Full path file was loaded from |
size | In bytes |
date | epoch time when the file was attached |
user | Canonical user identifier of user who uploaded the attachment. The exact format of this depends on the user mapping manager. |
comment | As supplied when file uploaded |
attr | h if hidden, optional |
Extra fields that are added if an attachment is moved:
Key | Comment |
---|---|
movedfrom | full topic name - web.topic.filename |
movedby | Canonical user identifier of user who moved the attachment. The exact format of this depends on the user mapping manager. |
movedto | full topic name - web.topic.filename |
movedwhen | epoch time |
Key | Comment |
---|---|
name%REG% | The name of the topic containing the form definition. Can optionally include the web name (i.e., web.topic), but doesn't normally |
META:FORM
entry.
Key | Name |
---|---|
name%REG% | Ties to entry in the form definition. This is the title with all characters except alphanumerics and . removed |
value%REG% | Value user has supplied via form |
title | Full text from the form definition |
Key | Name |
---|---|
name%REG% | Preference name |
value%REG% | Preference value |
type | Set or Local (Set is the default) |
There is no absolute need for meta-data macros to be listed in a specific order within a topic, but it makes sense to do so, because form fields are displayed in the order they are defined when the topic is viewed.
The recommended sequence is:
META:TOPICINFO
META:TOPICPARENT
(optional)
META:TOPICMOVED
(optional)
META:FILEATTACHMENT
(0 or more entries)
META:FORM
(optional)
META:FIELD
(0 or more entries; FORM required)
META:PREFERENCE
(0 or more entries)
raw=debug
parameter to the URL to view the topic text with embedded meta-data, e.g: debug view for this topic. raw=all
lets you view the topic source as plain text, e.g: plain text view for this topic.
%META
%META
macro. See VarMETA for details.
%FORMFIELD
%FORMFIELD
macro lets you inspect the values of form field meta-data in other topics. See VarFORMFIELD for details.
%SEARCH
%SEARCH
can also be used to extract meta data. See VarSEARCH and the examples in FormattedSearch and SearchPatternCookbook.
An add-on runs separately from the Foswiki scripts, e.g. for data import, export to static HTML, etc. Add-Ons normally do not call any Foswiki code directly, though may invoke Foswiki scripts. There are different types of add-ons, they may be stand alone scripts, browser plugins, office tool extensions, or even a set of topics that form a wiki application.
See other types of extensions: Contribs, Plugins, SkinsThe term "Contrib" is used to refer to any package that is not just a simple plugin.
Foswiki contribs mayBehaviour
Javascript event library to create javascript based interactions that degrade well when javascript is not available - version 5016 (2009-09-20) configure
to browse to the list of extensions available from Foswiki.org
You can add plugins to extend Foswiki functionality without altering the core code. A plug-in approach lets you:
Foswiki plugins are developed and contributed by interested members of the community. Plugins are provided on an 'as is' basis; they are not a part of Foswiki, but are independently developed and maintained.
Most TWiki® plugins can also be used with Foswiki if the TWikiCompatibilityPlugin is installed. See other types of extensions: Contribs, SkinsSee InstalledPlugins for a list of plugins installed on this site.
Each plugin comes with its own documentation page, which includes step-by-step installation instructions, a detailed description of any special requirements, and version details. Many also have a worked example for testing.
The easiest way to install plugins is to use theconfigure
interface. However you can also install plugins from the command-line. Every plugin comes with installation instructions.
Each plugin has a standard release topic, located in the Foswiki:Extensions web at Foswiki.org. There's usually a number of other related topics, such as a developers page, and an appraisal page. After installation, a copy of this page will be installed to your System web.
If you install a plugin and it doesn't seem to work, then you can get information on all the installed plugins that may help to resolve the issue.
Failing that, you may want to check your webserver error log and the various Foswiki log files, and any notes in the support topic for the plugin (linked from the plugin front page).
The performance of the system depends to some extent on the number of plugins installed and on the plugin implementation. Some plugins impose no measurable performance decrease, some do. For example, a Plugin might use many Perl libraries that need to be initialized with each page view (unless you run mod_perl). You can only really tell the performance impact by installing the plugin and by measuring the performance with and without the new plugin, on real data.
If you need to install an "expensive" plugin, but you only need its functionality only in a subset of your data, you can disable it elsewhere by defining the %DISABLEDPLUGINS% setting.Define
DISABLEDPLUGINS
to be a comma-separated list of names of plugins to disable. Define it in Main.SitePreferences to disable those plugins everywhere, in the WebPreferences topic to disable them in an individual web, or in a topic to disable them in that topic. For example,
* Set DISABLEDPLUGINS = SpreadSheetPlugin, EditTablePlugin
Some plugins require additional settings or offer extra options that you have to select. Also, you may want to make a plugin available only in certain webs, or temporarily disable it. And may want to list all available plugins in certain topics. You can handle all of these management tasks with simple procedures:
Plugin status macros let you list all active plugins wherever needed.
This site is running Foswiki version v1.1.9, plugin API version 2.2%ACTIVATEDPLUGINS%
- shows the activated plugins
%PLUGINVERSION%
- shows the plugins API version
%FAILEDPLUGINS%
- shows what plugins failed, and why
{PluginsOrder}
in the Extensions section of configure.
configure
settings, and some with both. The plugin topic will contain details.
configure
settings are accessible though the configure interface.
Note that some older plugins use preference settings defined in the plugin topic. For example, the (fictional) BathPlugin topic might contain: lib/Foswiki/Plugins/EmptyPlugin.pm
).
bin
directory. Each of the scripts has a specific function, as described in command and CGI scripts.
The scripts are responsible for interpreting the parameters passed in the request, and generating a response that is sent back to the browser, usually in the form of an HTML page.
Foswiki contains three engines that are used by the scripts; the template engine, the macro engine, and the TML engine.Once all the engines have run, the output is sent to the browser.
There are several ways plugins can interact with this process.rest
script to support some form of transaction outside those supported by the standard scripts.
Foswiki::Func
- this is the package you will use most. This package exposes a lot of core functionality in a way that is friendly to extension writers. If you find that there are two ways of doing something - a Foswiki::Func
way, and another call to one of the packages below, then the Foswiki::Func
way is almost always the right way.
Foswiki::Meta
- topic and web meta-data. Certain Foswiki::Func
methods, and some plugin handlers, are passed (or return) objects of this type. Almost all of the methods of Foswiki::Meta
have analagous methods in Foswiki::Func
- in general you should call the Foswiki::Func
methods in preference to calling Foswiki::Meta
methods directly.
Foswiki::OopsException
- special exception for invoking the 'oops' script
Foswiki::AccessControlException
- access control exception
Foswiki::Attrs
- parser and storage object for macro parameters
Foswiki::Time
- time parsing and formatting
Foswiki::Sandbox
- safe server-side program execution, used for calling external programs.
Foswiki::Iterator
specification Foswiki::ListIterator
- utility class for iterator objects that iterate over list contents
Foswiki::LineIterator
- utility class for iterator objects that iterate over lines in a block of text
Foswiki::AggregateIterator
- utility class for iterator objects that aggregate other iterators into a single iteration
$Foswiki::Plugins::VERSION
- plugin handler API version number
$Foswiki::Plugins::SESSION
- reference to Foswiki
singleton object
$Foswiki::cfg
- reference to configuration hash
$Foswiki::regex
- see Standard Regular Expressions, below
Foswiki:Development.GettingStarted is the starting point for more comprehensive documentation on developing for Foswiki.Note: the APIs are available to all extensions, but rely on a
Foswiki
singleton object having been created before the APIs can be used.
This will only be a problem if you are writing an extension that doesn't
use the standard initialisation sequence.
$Foswiki::regex
hash. these regular expressions are precompiled in an
I18N-compatible manner. The
following are guaranteed to be present. Others may exist, but their use
is unsupported and they may be removed in future Foswiki versions.
In the table below, the expression marked type 'String' are intended for
use within character classes (i.e. for use within square brackets inside
a regular expression), for example:
my $isCapitalizedWord = ( $s =~ /[$Foswiki::regex{upperAlpha}][$Foswiki::regex{mixedAlpha}]+/ );Those expressions marked type 'RE' are precompiled regular expressions that can be used outside square brackets. For example:
my $isWebName = ( $s =~ m/$Foswiki::regex{webNameRegex}/ );
Name | Matches | Type |
---|---|---|
upperAlpha | Upper case characters | String |
upperAlphaNum | Upper case characters and digits | String |
lowerAlpha | Lower case characters | String |
lowerAlphaNum | Lower case characters and digits | String |
numeric | Digits | String |
mixedAlpha | Alphabetic characters | String |
mixedAlphaNum | Alphanumeric characters | String |
wikiWordRegex | WikiWords | RE |
webNameRegex | User web names | RE |
topicNameRegex | Topic names | RE |
anchorRegex | #AnchorNames | RE |
abbrevRegex | Abbreviations/Acronyms e.g. GOV, IRS | RE |
emailAddrRegex | email@address.DELETE_NO_SPAM..com | RE |
tagNameRegex | Standard macro names e.g. %THIS_BIT% (THIS_BIT only) | RE |
With a reasonable knowledge of the Perl scripting language, you can create new plugins or modify and extend existing ones.
A (very) basic Foswiki plugin consists of two files:
lib/Foswiki/Plugins/MyFirstPlugin.pm
MyFirstPlugin.txt
The Perl module can invoke other, non-Foswiki, elements, like other Perl modules (including other plugins), graphics, external applications, or just about anything else that Perl can call.
The plugin API handles the details of connecting your Perl module with the Foswiki core.
The Foswiki:Extensions.BuildContrib module provides a lot of support for plugins development, including a plugin creator, automatic publishing support, and automatic installation script writer. If you plan on writing more than one plugin, you probably need it.lib/Foswiki/Plugins/EmptyPlugin.pm
to <name>Plugin.pm
. The EmptyPlugin does nothing, but it contains all the information you need to create you own custom plugin.
OUTLINE: Doc Topic Contents
Check the plugins web on Foswiki.org for the latest plugin doc topic template. Here's a quick overview of what's covered: Syntax Rules: <Describe any special text formatting that will be rendered.>" Example: <Include an example of the plugin in action. Possibly include a static HTML version of the example to compare if the installation was a success!>" Plugin Settings: <Description and settings for custom plugin settings, and those required by Foswiki.>"Plugin Installation Instructions: <Step-by-step set-up guide, user help, whatever it takes to install and run, goes here.>" Plugin Info: <Version, credits, history, requirements - entered in a form, displayed as a table. Both are automatically generated when you create or edit a page in the Foswiki:Extensions web.>
- Plugins Preferences <If user settings are needed, link to preference settings and explain the role of the plugin name prefix
Plugin
, ex: MyFirstPlugin.pm
, and a documentation page with the same name(MyFirstPlugin.txt
).
lib/Foswiki/Plugins/MyFirstPlugin.pm
data/Foswiki/MyFirstPlugin.txt
pub/Foswiki/MyFirstPlugin/uparrow.gif
[a required graphic]
MyFirstPlugin.zip
) and add the entire directory structure from Step 1. The archive should look like this: lib/Foswiki/Plugins/MyFirstPlugin.pm
data/Foswiki/MyFirstPlugin.txt
pub/Foswiki/MyFirstPlugin/uparrow.gif
MyFirstPlugin.zip
eval
block like this:eval { require IPC::Run }
return "<font color=\"red\">SamplePlugin: Can't load required modules ($@)</font>" if $@;
lib/Foswiki/Plugins/BathPlugin/
.
$NO_PREFS_IN_TOPIC
if you possibly can, as that will stop Foswiki from reading the plugin topic for every page. Use Config.spec instead.
%Foswiki::cfg
hash for configuration options. Don't ask installers to edit topics in the System web. configure
describes the steps
eval
, and if you must use it make sure you sanitise parameters
Foswiki::Func::checkAccessPermission
to check the access rights of the current user.
Foswiki::Func::getWorkArea()
function, which gives you a persistent directory where you can store data files. By default they will not be web accessible. The directory is guaranteed to exist, and to be writable by the webserver user. For convenience, Foswiki::Func::storeFile()
and Foswiki::Func::readFile()
are provided to persistently store and retrieve simple data in this area.
The internal data area is not normally made web-accessible for security reasons. If yoou want to store web accessible data, for example generated images, then you should use Foswiki's attachment mechanisms.
Topic-specific data such as generated images can be stored in the topic's attachment area, which is web accessible. Use theFoswiki::Func::saveAttachment()
function to store the data.
Recommendation for file name: _GaugePlugin_img123.gif
Foswiki::Func::saveAttachment()
function to store the data in this topic.
configure
configure
rather than trying to use preference settings. These extensions use Config.spec
files to publish their configuration requirements.
Config.spec
files are read during configuration. Once a Config.spec
has defined a configuration item, it is available for edit through the standard configure
interface. Config.spec
files are stored in the 'plugin directory' e.g. lib/Foswiki/Plugins/BathPlugin/Config.spec
.
Config.spec
file Config.spec
file for a plugin starts with a line that declares what section the configuration should appear in. The standard for all extensions is:
# ---+ ExtensionsNext we have a sub-heading for the configuration specific to this extension, and the actual configuration options:
# ----++ BathPlugin # This plugin senses the level of water in your bath, and ensures the plug # is not removed while the water is still warm.This is followed by one or more configuration items. Each configuration item has a type, a description and a default. For example:
# **SELECT Plastic,Rubber,Metal** # Select the plug type $Foswiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{PlugType} = 'Plastic'; # **NUMBER** # Enter the chain length in cm $Foswiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{ChainLength} = '30'; # **BOOLEAN EXPERT** # Turn this option off to disable the water temperature alarm $Foswiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{TempSensorEnabled} = '1';The type (e.g.
**SELECT**
) tells configure
to how to prompt for the value. It also tells configure how to do some basic checking on the value you actually enter. All the comments between the type and the configuration item are taken as part of the description. The configuration item itself defines the default value for the configuration item. The above spec defines the configuration items $Foswiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{PlugType}
, $Foswiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{ChainLength}
, and $Foswiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{TempSensorEnabled}
for use in your plugin. For example,
if( $Foswiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{TempSensorEnabled} && $curTemperature > 50 ) { die "The bathwater is too hot for comfort"; }You can use other
$Foswiki::cfg
values in other settings,
but you must be sure they are only evaluated under program control, and
not when this file is parsed by perl. For example:
$Foswiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{MyBath} = "$Foswiki::cfg{PubDir}/enamel.gif"; # BAD # Perl will interpolate variables in double-quotes, so $Foswiki::cfg{PubDir} # will be evaluated at configuration time, which will make reconfiguration # difficult. $Foswiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{MyBath} = '$Foswiki::cfg{PubDir}/enamel.gif'; # GOOD # The single quotes make sure $Foswiki::cfg{PubDir} will only be evaluated # at run-time.The
Config.spec
file is read by configure, and configure
then writes LocalSite.cfg
with the values chosen by the local site admin.
A range of types are available for use in Config.spec
files:
BOOLEAN |
A true/false value, represented as a checkbox |
COMMAND length |
A shell command |
LANGUAGE |
A language (selected from {LocalesDir} |
NUMBER |
A number |
OCTAL |
An octal number |
PASSWORD length |
A password (input is hidden) |
PATH length |
A file path |
PERL |
A simplified perl data structure, consisting of arrays, hashes and scalar values |
REGEX length |
A perl regular expression |
SELECT choices |
Pick one of a range of choices |
SELECTCLASS package-specifier |
Select a perl package (class) e.g. SELECTCLASS Foswiki::Plugins::BathPlugin::*Plug lets the user select between all packages with names ending in Plug , Foswiki::Plugins::BathPlugin::RubberPlug , Foswiki::Plugins::BathPlugin::BrassPlug etc. |
STRING length |
A string |
URL length |
A url |
URLPATH length |
A relative URL path |
EXPERT |
means this an expert option |
M |
means the setting is mandatory (may not be empty) |
H |
means the option is not visible in configure |
5x80 |
means "use a 5 row, 80 column textarea". Can be used with any text entry field type, such as STRING, COMMAND, PERL etc. |
lib/Foswiki.spec
for many more examples.
Config.spec
files are also used for other (non-plugin) extensions. in this case they are stored under the Contrib
directory instead of the Plugins
directory.
configure
configure
settings by using the following:
[[%SCRIPTURL{"configure"}%/#BathPlugin$Extensions][configure]]Replace
BathPlugin
with the name of your extension.
Usually published plugins have a support hub in the Support web on Foswiki.org.Support hubs have links to where to discuss feature enhancements and give feedback to the developer and user communities.
Organizations typically do not upgrade to the latest Foswiki for many months. However, many administrators still would like to install the latest versions of a plugin on their older Foswiki installation. This need is fulfilled if plugins are maintained in a compatible manner.
Tip: Plugins can be written to be compatible with older and newer Foswiki releases. This can be done also for plugins using unofficial Foswiki internal functions of an earlier release that no longer work on the latest Foswiki codebase. Here is an example; the Foswiki:Support.PluginsSupplement has more details.
if( $Foswiki::Plugins::VERSION >= 1.1 ) { @webs = Foswiki::Func::getListOfWebs( 'user,public' ); } else { @webs = Foswiki::Func::getPublicWebList( ); }
When a plugin defines deprecated handlers, a warning will be shown in the list generated by %FAILEDPLUGINS%. Admins who see these warnings should check Foswiki.org and if necessary, contact the plugin author, for an updated version of the plugin.
Updated plugins may still need to define deprecated handlers for compatibility with old Foswiki versions. In this case, the plugin package that defines old handlers can suppress the warnings in %FAILEDPLUGINS%.
This is done by defining a map from the handler name to theFoswiki::Plugins
version in which the handler was first deprecated. For example, if we need to define the endRenderingHandler
for compatibility with Foswiki::Plugins
versions before 1.1, we would add this to the plugin:
package Foswiki::Plugins::SinkPlugin; use vars qw( %FoswikiCompatibility ); $FoswikiCompatibility{endRenderingHandler} = 1.1;If the currently-running Foswiki version is 1.1 or later, then the handler will not be called and the warning will not be issued. Foswiki with versions of
Foswiki::Plugins
before 1.1 will still call the handler as required.
bin
and tools
directories. This topic describes the interfaces to some of those scripts. All scripts in the bin
directory can be called from the CGI (Common Gateway Interface) environment or from the command line. The scripts in the tools
directory can only be called from the command line.
bin
directory.
Note that a blank in the 'Default' column means that the parameter
is not required, and has no default. required means the
parameter is required, and has no default. text in italics describes
default behaviour if no value is given.
guest
).
bin
directory on the perl path to run the scripts from the command line. To avoid issues with file permissions, run the scripts as the web server user such as nobody
or www
.
Parameters are passed on the command line using two possible formats:
-name value
, The "-" prefix for the keyword is required.
$ cd /usr/local/foswiki/bin $ save -topic MyWeb.MyTopic -user admin -action save -text "New text of the topic"
parameter=value
. A "-" prefix is optional.
$ cd /usr/local/foswiki/bin $ save topic=MyWeb.MyTopic user=admin action=save text="New text of the topic"All parameters require a value, even if that is the empty string. Note that parameters passed on the command-line should not be URL-encoded.
AdminUser
.
-user
parameter is specific to the command line and is not recognized by in the web environment. It allows a user to be specified without requiring that the password be supplied. It is only active from the command line.
-username
/ -password
parameters are processed by the authentication system and require the password be authenticated. Depending upon the authentication implementation, it may or may not be usable in the command line environment.
tools
script from the command line, you normally need to be cd'd to the =bin directory e.g.
$ cd bin $ ../tools/mailnotify -q -nonews -nochanges -Main -System
context
to signal to plugins and other components the environment that they are running. In addition to the per-script context, two additional contexts are optionally set: command_line
is set if there is no CGI query object available.
static
is set by scripts that render static content like PDF or other offline publishing tools
A comprehensive list of core context identifiers used by Foswiki is found in the System.IfStatements#Context_identifiers.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
cover |
Specifies temporary skin path to prepend to the skin path for this script only (see Skins) | |
debugenableplugins |
During debugging it can be useful to selectively disable all but a subset of plugins. This parameter allows the caller to specify a comma-separated list of plugins that should be enabled. | |
foswikioriginalquery |
The original query that was being made before a redirect for user confirmation was required. | |
foswiki_redirect_cache |
Foswiki sometimes caches long lists of parameters that must survive over a sequence of browser redirects. This parameter identifies one of these caches. The parameter value is a "magic number" that uniquely idenitifies a file in the working/tmp directory. These files have a very short lifetime, and are destroyed when the cache is read. |
|
logout |
requests the LoginManager to log the current user out (this happens at the begining of the request so will terminate any other operation requested) | |
refresh |
If the Foswiki page cache is in use, setting this parameter will invalidate the cache. Valid values are cache , on and all . See PageCaching for more information on the page cache. |
|
response |
Used as part of the request validation process. | |
skin |
Overrides the default skin path (see Skins) | value of the SKIN preference |
t |
While the t parameter is not actively used by any scripts, it is used when building links to scripts such as edit , to ensure that each edit link is unique. This stops the browser from trying to use a cached reply from a previous call to the script. |
generally set to current time, in seconds |
topic |
Overrides the web.topic path given in the URL (specify Web.TopicName) | |
user |
Command-line only; set the name of the user performing the action. Note: this usage is inherently insecure, as it bypasses webserver login constraints. For this reason only authorised users should be allowed to execute scripts from the command line. | |
validation_key |
part of cross-site scripting protection. Any request sent from browsers that might change data stored on the server must carry a key that indentifies the source of the request. | |
<any name> | Any other parameter name passed to the script is passed through for possible use by the script. This is typically only applicable to the edit , save and view scripts. |
*Note:* Prior releases of Foswiki would accept the undocumentedusername
andpassword
parameter on any script. Foswiki 1.1.9 restricts this to theview
script and only on POST transactions unless overridden in the Foswiki configuration.
attach
upload
. This script is part of the transactions sequence executed when a file is uploaded from the browser. it just generates the "new attachment" page for a topic.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
filename |
Name of existing attachment (if provided, this is a "manage attachment" action) | this is a "new attachment" action |
changes
changes
script can receive one parameter:
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
minor |
If 0, show only major changes. If 1, show all the changes (both minor and major) | show major changes |
%SEARCH%
, while this script reads the changes
file in each web, making it much faster.
NOTE: The result from changes
script and the topic WebChanges can be different, if the changes
file is deleted from a web. In particular, in new installations the changes
script will return no results while the WebChanges topic will.
configure
configure
is the browser script used for inspection of, and changes to, the site configuration. None of the parameters to this script are useable for any purpose except configure
. See configure.
edit
edit
script understands the following parameters, typically supplied by HTML input fields.
A major role of the edit
script is new topic creation. Parameters that are mainly relevant to new topic creation are marked with
Parameter name | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
action |
If action=text , then hide the form. If action=form , then hide the normal text area and only edit the form. |
edit both |
breaklock |
If set, any lease conflicts will be ignored, and the edit will proceed even if someone is already editing the topic. | |
contenttype |
Optional parameter that defines the application type to write into the CGI header. May be used to invoke alternative client applications | text/html |
formtemplate |
Name of the form to instantiate in the topic. Set to none to remove any existing form. |
|
notemplateexpansion |
Do not expand any macros in the template topic. (see New topic creation below) | expand |
onlynewtopic |
If on , error if the topic already exists |
edit existing topic |
onlywikiname |
If on , error if the name of a topic being created is not a WikiWord |
allow non-wikiword names |
redirectto |
If the user continues from edit to save, and if the save (or cancel) process is successful, save will redirect to this topic or URL. The parameter value can be a TopicName , a Web.TopicName , or a URL.Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure (Miscellaneous {AllowRedirectUrl} ). |
|
rev |
Lets you specify a specific revision to use as the basis of the edit. | latest |
template |
Allows you to specify a different skin template. Overrides any setting of EDIT_TEMPLATE . |
|
templatetopic |
The name of the template topic, copied to get the initial content for a new topic. (see New topic creation below) | |
text |
Set the text to be edited. If this parameter is not given, the text is taken from the existing topic (if it exists) | |
topicparent |
Sets the parent topic. | |
<any name> | This can be used in two ways; first, if the topic has a form with a field called <any name>, it will set the value of that field. Second, it can be expanded in the topic text during topic creation - see New topic creation below |
The following options are only available to the site Administrator. They can "rewrite history" and should be used with caution only when absolutely necessary.Skin notes: The
Parameter name Description Default delRev
Administrators only delete the most recent revision of the topic - all other parameters are ignored. You have to be an administrator to use this, and not all store implementations will support it. This option returns you to an editor for the current version, but the edit is ignored, and save will delete the latest revision. repRev
Administrators only replace the text of the most recent revision of the topic with the text in the text
parameter.text
must included embedded meta-data tags. All other parameters are ignored. You have to be an administrator to use this, and not all store implementations will support it.
EDIT_TEMPLATE
preference (or the template
parameter) can be used to override the default 'edit' template on a per-web or per-topic basis.
The action
parameter works by loading the editform.tmpl
or edittext.tmpl
templates in place of the standard edit.tmpl
. If an EDIT_TEMPLATE
has been defined, then it replaces edit
, e.g. if EDIT_TEMPLATE=specialed
and action=form
then the template used will be specialedform
In most skins that are based on the default templates (such as Pattern skin) you can easily change the Edit
and Edit WikiText
buttons to append the action
parameter, by setting the preference EDITACTION to the value text
or form
. (You can always get back to editing the whole topic by removing the action
parameter from the URL browser Location window, and reloading the edit window).
New topic creation :
The string AUTOINC followed by one or more digits anywhere in the topic name will be converted to a number such that the resulting topic name is unique in the target web. However this doesn't happen until the topic is saved.
When a new topic is created using edit, the topic isn't actually created until the edit is saved. The content of the new topic is initialised according to the parameters you pass.templatetopic
- defines the full name (web.topic) of a topic to use as a template for the new topic. The template topic is copied and, unless notemplateexpansion
is set, the following macros are expanded in the topic text: URLPARAM
, DATE
, SERVERTIME
, GMTIME
, USERNAME
, WIKINAME
, WIKIUSERNAME
, USERINFO
.
text
- use this as the text of the topic. Macros are not expanded in this text. Overrides any text set in the templatetopic
.
formtemplate
- Overrides any form set in the templatetopic
.
notemplateexpansion
- given by templatetopic
. Use this when you want a verbatim copy of a topic.
onlynewtopic
and onlywikiname
are used to control validation of the new topic name.
%URLPARAM{"
<any name> "}%
in the templatetopic
will be expanded to the parameter value.
login
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
foswikiloginaction |
If 'validate', the login script is being used for interactive validation of an operation. Otherwise it is being used for login. | |
foswiki_origin |
URL that was being accessed when an access violation occurred. the login process will redirect to this URL if it is successful | |
remember |
If set, this will cause the user's login to be retained even after their browser is shut down. | |
sudo |
promote login to internal wiki admin (admins only) | |
password |
password of user logging in | |
username |
username of user logging in (if set, login will attempt to authenticate) | |
usernamestep |
used to initialise the username input field in the login form (will not attempt to authenticate) |
Note: The login
script will only accept the username and password fields when submitted with a POST.
logon
manage
Note: Themanage
script can only be called via the HTTP POST method. Make sure you specifymethod="post"
if you call themanage
script via a form action. It is not possible to callmanage
from an<a href ...>
link.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
action |
One of create , createweb , changePassword , resetPassword , bulkRegister , deleteUserAccount , editSettings , saveSettings , restoreRevision |
required |
action=create
edit
, of a new topic, used by screens that support several actions using manage
.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
topic |
Name of topic to create (can be web.topic) | required |
edit
.
action=createweb
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
baseweb |
Name of the web to copy to create the new web | required |
newtopic |
Value of %TOPIC% within the web creation message. Optionally used in some skins to signify a non-default home topic. | |
newweb |
Name of the new web | required |
nosearchall |
Value for NOSEARCHALL | '' |
webbgcolor |
value for WEBBGCOLOR | '' |
websummary |
Value for WEBSUMMARY | '' |
action=editSettings
action=saveSettings
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
originalrev |
Revision that the edit started on | latest |
redirectto |
If the savesettings process is successful, save will redirect to this topic or URL. The parameter value can be a TopicName , a Web.TopicName , or a URL.Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure (Miscellaneous {AllowRedirectUrl} ). |
redirect to the web.topic from the URL path |
text |
Text of the topic | required |
action_save |
Must be set to Save or settings are not saved |
required |
action_cancel |
Must be set to Cancel to cancel save. |
required |
action_save
or action_cancel
are provided, an oops error is issued. All other parameters may be interpreted as form fields, depending on the current form definition in the topic.
action=bulkRegister
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
logtopic |
Topic to save the log in | same as topic name, with 'Result' appended |
overwritehometopics |
Whether to overwrite existing home topics or not | do not overwrite |
action=changePassword
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
email |
new email address | |
oldpassword |
current password | required, unless current user is an admin |
password |
new password | |
passwordA |
new password confirmation | required if password is given |
username |
login name of user to change password/email for | required |
password, =passwordA
and email
are optional. If neither or password
and passwordA
is set, then the user password is left unchanged. If email
is unset, their email is left unchanged.
action=resetPassword
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
introduction |
message to be sent alongside the reset, most often used to announce to the user that they have been given an account. | |
loginname |
list of usernames to reset | required |
This is used by BulkResetPassword and ResetPassword. Only administrators can provide a list of LoginNames, non-admins can only provide a single LoginName.
BulkRegistration provides the means to create multiple accounts but it does not announce those accounts to the users who own them. BulkResetPassword is used to assign the passwords, the Introduction is used to explain why they are receiving the mail.
action=deleteUserAccount
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
password |
Users' password | required |
action=restoreRevision
edit
, used by screens that support several actions using manage. Parameters are as for =edit
.
action=addUserToGroup
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
create |
create the group if it doesn't exist | 0 |
groupname |
groupname to change | required |
redirectto |
If the add process is successful, manage will redirect to this topic or URL. The parameter value can be a TopicName , a Web.TopicName , or a URL.Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure (Miscellaneous {AllowRedirectUrl} ). |
None. An Oops screen showing the results is returned. |
username |
list of usernames/wikinames to add to group | required |
action=removeUserFromGroup
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
groupname |
groupname to change | required |
redirectto |
If the remove process is successful, manage will redirect to this topic or URL. The parameter value can be a TopicName , a Web.TopicName , or a URL.Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure (Miscellaneous {AllowRedirectUrl} ). |
None. An Oops screen showing the results is returned. |
username |
list of usernames/wikinames to add to group | required |
oops
oops
templates are used with the oops
script to generate system messages. This is done to make internationalisation or other local customisations simple.
The oops
script supports the following parameters:
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
def |
Can be set to the name of a single definition within template . This definition will be instantiated in the template wherever %INSTANTIATE% is seen. This lets you use a single template file for many messages. For an example, see oopsmanagebad.tmpl . |
|
paramN |
Where N is an integer from 1 upwards. These values will be substituted into template for %PARAM1% etc. |
|
template |
Name of the template file to display | oops |
preview
save
script.
rdiff
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
context |
number of lines of context | |
render |
the rendering style {sequential, sidebyside, raw, debug} | DIFFRENDERSTYLE , sequential |
rev1 |
the higher revision | latest |
rev2 |
the lower revision | latest |
type |
history gives a history, diff rev1 against rev2, last latest to previous |
diff |
context
parameter is only respected if the back-end store supports
context diffs.
register
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
action |
register or verify or approve |
required |
Note: Theregister
script can only be called via the HTTP POST method except when the action isverify
. Make sure you specifymethod="post"
if you call theregister
script via a form action. It is not possible to callregister
from an<a href ...>
link. Theverify
action is an exception as it is used to verify registration by clicking a href link from an email.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
addtogroups |
Accepts a comma-separated list of group names to add the user to. | |
code |
(verify= only) Activation code, verifies a pending registration | |
create |
If on , and a group being added to does not exist, create it. |
|
email |
New user's email address | required |
firstname |
New user's first name | required |
lastname |
New user's surname | required |
loginname |
New user's login name | required |
password |
New user's password | |
wikiname |
Wikiname of user being registered | required |
<any name> | Any other parameter passed during registration will normally be passed on into the new user's home topic, or ignored. |
rename
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
action |
renameweb or renameother |
renameother |
confirm |
if non-0, requires a second level of confirmation | |
referring_topics |
(internal use only) list of topics that refer to the web or topic being renamed | |
redirectto |
If the rename process is successful, rename will redirect to this topic or URL. The parameter value can be a TopicName , a Web.TopicName , or a URL.Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure (Miscellaneous {AllowRedirectUrl} ). |
the renamed topic |
action="renameweb"
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
newparentweb |
new parent web name | existing parent |
newsubweb |
new web name |
action=renameother
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
attachment |
Attachment to move | |
currentwebonly |
if non-0, searches current web only for links to this topic | search all webs |
newattachment |
New name for attachment | same as attachment , if given |
newtopic |
new topic name | required |
newweb |
new web name | required |
nonwikiword |
if on , a non-wikiword is acceptable for the new topic name |
off |
template |
template for error when an attachment doesn't exist, deleteattachment for when deleting an attachment |
Note: Therename
script can only be called via the HTTP POST method. Make sure you specifymethod="post"
if you call therename
script via a form action. It is not possible to callrename
from an<a href ...>
link.
resetpasswd
manage
script.
rest
Foswiki::Func::registerRESTHandler
method. The rest
script will print the result directly to the browser unless the endPoint
parameter is specified, in which case it will output a redirect to the given topic.
The rest
script supports the following parameters:
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
endPoint |
Where to redirect the response once the request is served, in the form "Web.Topic". If not given, the REST script must generate a valid response. | |
password |
See username |
|
username |
If TemplateLogin , or a similar login manager not embedded in the web server, is used, then you need to pass a username and password to the server. The username and password parameters are used for this purpose. |
Note: As of 1.1.9, theREST scripts that require a topic context must use the standardrest
script no longer will accept the username and password fields by default. If the prior behavior is required, it can be enabled inbin/configure
by setting$Foswiki::cfg{Session}{AcceptUserPwParam} = /^rest$/;
. Note that even with this enabled, therest
script requires that the username and password be entered using POST.
topic
parameter to pass the topic name, as the URL path is used to identify the REST function. If not defined, then the topic context in REST handlers will be Main.WebHome.
The function is free to use any other query parameters for its own purposes.
Therest
script should always require authentication in any site that has logins. Otherwise there is a risk of opening up major security holes. So make sure you add it to the list of authenticated scripts if you are usingApacheLogin
.
rest
script assumes that it will be called with URL in the form:
http://my.host/bin/rest/<subject>/<verb>
where <subject>
must be the WikiWord name of one of the installed Plugins, and the <verb>
is the alias for the function registered using the Foswiki::Func::registerRESTHandler
method. The <subject>
and <verb>
are then used to lookup and call the registered function.
<subject>
and <verb>
are checked for illegal characters exactly in the same way as the web and topic names.
As an example, the EmptyPlugin has registered a function to be used with the rest
script under the subject EmptyPlugin and the verb example.
The URL to call this function from a browser would be: http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/bin/rest/EmptyPlugin/example?debugenableplugins=EmptyPlugin
cd foswiki/bin ; ./rest /EmptyPlugin/example debugenableplugins=EmptyPlugin
configure
.
$session
, for example with the url:
http://my.host/bin/rest/MyPlugin/update?web=fooThe url parameters can be processed using:
my $query = $session->{request}; my $web = $query->{param}->{web}[0];
save
save
script performs a range of save-related functions.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
action_addform |
Redirect to the "change form" page. | |
action_cancel |
exit without save, return to view | |
action_checkpoint |
save and redirect to the edit script, dontnotify is on |
|
action_delRev |
Administrators only delete the most recent revision of the topic - all other parameters are ignored. You have to be an administrator to use this, and not all store implementations will support it. | |
action_preview |
preview edited text | |
action_quietsave |
save, and return to view, dontnotify is on |
|
action_replaceform |
Redirect from the "change form" page. | |
action_repRev |
Administrators only replace the text of the most recent revision of the topic with the text in the text parameter. text must included embedded meta-data tags. All other parameters are ignored. You have to be an administrator to use this, and not all store implementations will support it. |
|
action_save |
default behaviour; save, return to view | |
dontnotify |
if non-0, suppress change notification | |
edit |
The bin script to use to re-edit the topic when action is checkpoint |
edit |
editaction |
When action is checkpoint , add form or replace form... , this is used as the action parameter to the edit script that is redirected to after the save is complete. |
|
editparams |
The parameter string to use to edit the topic when action is checkpoint |
|
forcenewrevision |
if set, forces a revision even if Foswiki thinks one isn't needed | |
formtemplate |
if defined, use the named template for the form (will remove the form if set to 'none') | |
newtopic |
If templatetopic is given, and this parameter is set to 1 and the topic does not exist, will clear the initial topic text. |
|
onlynewtopic |
If set, error if topic already exists | |
onlywikiname |
If set, error if topic name is not a WikiWord | |
originalrev |
Revision on which the edit started. | |
redirectto |
The save process will redirect to this topic or URL if it is successful. (Typically this would be the URL that was being viewed when edit was invoked). The parameter value can be a TopicName , a Web.TopicName , or a URL.Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure (Miscellaneous {AllowRedirectUrl} ). |
topic specified in URL path |
template |
The template to use to re-edit the topic when action is checkpoint |
|
templatetopic |
Name of a topic to use as a template for the text and form (new topic only) | |
text |
New text of the topic | |
topicparent |
If 'none' remove any current topic parent. If the name of a topic, set the topic parent to this. | |
<any name> | If the topic has a form with a field called <any name>, it will set the value of that field. |
oops
page to report the error, or a login
if the save is not authorized.
The string AUTOINC followed by one or more digits anywhere in the topic name will be converted to a number such that the resulting topic name is unique in the target web.
When the action issave
, checkpoint
, quietsave
, or preview
: text
parameter, if it is defined, templatetopic
, if it is defined, (new topic only)
formtemplate
, if defined templatetopic
, if defined, (new topic only)
templatetopic
, if defined, (new topic only)
text
and originalrev
is > 0 and is not the same as the revision number of the most recent revision. If merging is enabled both the topic and the meta-data are merged.
Form field values are passed in parameters named 'field' - for example, if I have a field Status
the parameter name is Status
.
Note: Thesave
script can only be called via HTTP POST method. Make sure you specifymethod="post"
if you call thesave
script via a form action. Example:<form name="new" action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{save}%/%SANDBOXWEB%/" method="post"> ... </form>It is not possible to callsave
from an<a href ...>
link.
search
statistics
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
logdate |
YYYYMM to generate statistics for | current month |
webs |
comma-separated list of webs to run stats on | all accessible webs |
see SiteTools#WebStatistics for more details on %ISSTATISTICSTOPIC% and how to update statistics using cron.
upload
multipart/form-data
format.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
changeproperties |
if non=0, this is a property change operation only - no file will be uploaded. | |
createlink |
if non-0, will create a link to file at end of topic | |
filecomment |
Comment to associate with file in attachment table | |
filepath |
local (client) path name of the file being uploaded. This is used to look up the data for the file in the HTTP query. | |
hidefile |
if non-0, will not show file in attachment table | |
noredirect |
Normally the script will redirect to 'view' when the upload is complete, but also designed to be useable for REST-style calling using the 'noredirect' parameter. If this parameter is set it will return an appropriate HTTP status code and print a message to STDOUT, starting with 'OK' on success and 'ERROR' on failure. | |
redirectto |
URL to redirect to after upload. The parameter value can be a TopicName , a Web.TopicName , or a URL. Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure , and is ignored if noredirect is specified.(Miscellaneous {AllowRedirectUrl} ). |
topic specified in URL path |
curl
to upload files from the command line using this script.
Note: Theupload
script can only be called via HTTP POST method. Make sure you specifymethod="post"
if you call theupload
script via a form action. It is not possible to callupload
from an<a href ...>
link.
view
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
contenttype |
Allows you to specify a different Content-Type: (e.g. contenttype=text/plain ) |
text/html |
raw |
|
|
rev |
Revision to view (e.g. rev=45 ) |
latest |
SEARCH<hex number> |
Identifies a result set that is being paged through | |
section |
Allows to view only a part of the topic delimited by a named section (see System.VarSTARTSECTION). If the given section is not present, no topic content is displayed. | |
template |
Allows you to specify a different skin template, overriding the 'view' template the view script would normally use. The default template is view . For example, you could specify /bin/view/System/CommandAndCGIScripts?template=edit. This is mainly useful when you have specialised templates for a Wiki Application. |
|
<any name> | It can be expanded in the topic text during rendering and referenced in IF statements - See the System.VarURLPARAM macro and System.IfStatements |
For historical reasons, the view script has a special interpretation of the text
skin. This skin cannot be redefined.
viewfile
pub
) directory using a URL. However if it contains sensitive information, you will want to protect attachments using AccessControls. In this case, you can use the viewfile
script to give access to attachments while still checking access controls.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
filename |
name of attachment | required |
rev |
Revision to view | latest |
filename
parameter, you can append the attachment name
to the end of the URL path (after the topic) e.g. http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/bin/viewfile/Webname/TopicName/Attachment.gif
tools
directory.
geturl.pl
wget
and curl
commands, which have the added advantage of performing authentication.. geturl.pl <host> <path> [<port> [<header>]]
geturl.pl some.domain /some/dir/file.html 80
http://some.domain:80/some/dir/file.html
geturl.pl POST some.domain /bin/statistics?webs=Sandbox
http://some.domain/bin/statistics?web=Sandbox
triggering a statistics run
rewriteshebang.pl
#!/usr/bin/perl
shebang lines specific to your local Perl installation. It will rewrite the first line of all your cgi scripts so they use a different shebang line. Use it if your perl is in a non-standard location, or you want to use a different interpreter (such as 'speedy').
tick_foswiki.pl
0 0 * * 0 cd /usr/local/foswiki/bin && perl ../tools/tick_foswiki.pl
Note: The script has to be run by a user who can write files created by the webserver user.
Extensions, such as the MailerContrib, also install tool scripts. Check the documentation of the extension for details.
extension_installer
usage
parameter:
./tools/extension_installer usageNote that this script is a generic version of the
_installer
script shipped with each extension. There are 3 ways to install a script using these scripts: SomePlugin_installer
and execute it from the Foswiki root directory
./tools/extension_installer SomePlugin
- the extension will be downloaded and installed
dependencies_installer.pl
-v
.
For more details, execute it using option -h (help) or -m (manual):
./dependencies_installer.pl -h Usage: dependencies_installer.pl [-h|?|--help] [-m|--man] [-p|--print] [-q|--questions] [-v|--verbose] [...]
Site Tools include utilities for navigating, searching and keeping up with site activity.
In particular, you have two highly configurable, automated site monitoring tools, WebNotify, to e-mail alerts when topics are edited, and WebStatistics, to generate detailed activity reports.Each Foswiki web has an automatic e-mail notification service that sends you an e-mail with links to all of the topics modified since the last alert.
Users subscribe to email notifications using their WikiName or an alternative email address, and can specify the webs/topics they wish to track. Whole groups of users can also be subscribed for notification.The general format of a subscription is:
three spaces*
subscriber [ :
topics ]
Where subscriber can be a WikiName, an email address, or a group name. If subscriber contains any characters that are not legal in an email address, then it must be enclosed in 'single' or "double" quotes. Note: The guest user Main.WikiGuest does not have an email address mapped to it, and will never receive email regardless of the configuraion of that user.
topics is an optional space-separated list of topics: *
in a topic name, where it is treated as a wildcard character. A *
will match zero or more other characters - so, for example, Fred*
will match all topic names starting with Fred
, *Fred
will match all topic names ending with Fred
, and *
will match all topic names.
%STARTPUBLISH%
and %STOPPUBLISH%
markers within the topic.
* daisy.cutter@flowers.comSubscribe Daisy to all changes to topics that start with
Web
.
* daisy.cutter@flowers.com : Web*Subscribe Daisy to changes to topics starting with
Petal
, and their immediate children, WeedKillers
and children to a depth of 3, and all topics that match start with Pretty
and end with Flowers
e.g. PrettyPinkFlowers
.
* DaisyCutter: Petal* (1) WeedKillers (3) Pretty*FlowersSubscribe StarTrekFan to changes to all topics that start with
Star
except those that end in Wars
, sInTheirEyes
or shipTroopers
.
* StarTrekFan: Star* - *Wars - *sInTheirEyes - *shipTroopersSubscribe Daisy to the full content of
NewsLetter
whenever it has changed.
* daisy@flowers.com: NewsLetter?Subscribe buttercup to
NewsLetter
and its immediate children, even if it hasn't changed.
* buttercup@flowers.com: NewsLetter! (1)Subscribe GardenGroup (which includes Petunia) to all changed topics under
AllNewsLetters
to a depth of 3. Then unsubscribe Petunia from the ManureNewsLetter
, which she would normally get as a member of GardenGroup:
* GardenGroup: AllNewsLetters? (3) * petunia@flowers.com: - ManureNewsLetterSubscribe
IT:admins
(a non-Foswiki group defined by an alternate user mapping) to all changes to Web* topics.
* 'IT:admins' : Web*A user may be listed many times in the WebNotify topic. Where a user has several lines in WebNotify that all match the same topic, they will only be notified about changes in that topic once (though they will still receive individual mails for news topics). If a group is listed for notification, the group will be recursively expanded to the email addresses of all members.
Warning: Because an email address is not linked to a user name, there is no way for Foswiki to check access controls for subscribers identified by email addresses. A subscriber identified by an email address alone will only be sent change notifications if the topic they are subscribed to is readable by guest users. You can limit which email addresses can be used in WebNotify, or even block use of emails altogther, using the{MailerContrib}{EmailFilterIn}
setting inconfigure
.
Tip: List names in alphabetical order to make it easier to find the names.Note for System Administrators: Notification is supported by an add-on to the Foswiki kernel called the MailerContrib. See the MailerContrib topic for details of how to set up this service. Note: If you prefer a news feed, point your reader to WebRss (for RSS 1.0 feeds) or WebAtom (for ATOM 1.0 feeds). Learn more at WebRssBase and WebAtomBase, respectively.
To check for the most recently edited topics while on-site, use the WebChanges link, usually located in the toolbar. It lists the most recently modified topics, newest first, along with the first couple of lines of the page content.
This is simply a presetSEARCH
. The number of topics listed by the limit
parameter.:
%SEARCH{ "1" web="%BASEWEB%" type="query" nosearch="on" order="modified" reverse="on" limit="50" }%
%SEARCH{}%
.
SEARCH
:
%SEARCH{"1" scope="topic" type="query" nosearch="on" }%
%STATISTICSTOPIC%
cron
job
Note: The current user - Main.WikiGuest must have access rights to read/write the WebStatistics topics, and if missing, must have authority to create the WebStatistics in the selected webs.
{Log}{Dir}
setting in configure
events.log
Old events are archived as events.<year><month>
working/logs/events.log
| <time> | <wikiusername> | <action> | <web>.<topic> | <extra info> | <IP address> |
| 10 Apr 2016 - 00:18 | Main.WikiGuest | view | System.WebRss | | 66.124.232.02 |
Script | Action name | Extra info |
---|---|---|
attach | attach | when viewing attach screen of previous uploaded attachment: filename |
changes | changes | |
edit | edit | when editing non-existing topic: (not exist) |
login | login | Authentication failure or success |
manage | rename | when moving topic: moved to Newweb.NewTopic |
manage | move | when moving attachment: Attachment filename moved to Newweb.NewTopic |
manage | renameweb | when renaming a web: oldweb moved to newweb |
rdiff | rdiff | higher and lower revision numbers: 4 3 |
register | regstart | WikiUserName, e-Mail address, LoginName: user attempts to register |
register | register | E-mail address: user successfully registers |
register | bulkregister | WikiUserName of new, e-mail address, admin ID |
save | save | when replacing existing revision: repRev 3 when user checks the minor changes box: dontNotify when user changes attributes to an exising attachment: filename.ext |
save | cmd | special admin parameter used when saving |
search | search | search string |
upload | upload | filename |
view | view | when viewing non-existing topic: (not exist) when viewing previous topic revision: r3 |
n/a | logout | When authentication information is cleared |
{Log}{Action}
EXPERT setting in configure
.
LocalSite.cfg
). The configure tool fully documents these setting.
The notify e-mail uses the default changes.tmpl
template, or a skin if activated by a preference setting.
mailnotify
also relies on a hidden file in each data/Web
directory: .changes
and a file with the Web name (one per web) in the working/work_areas/MailerContrib/
directory. Make sure both are writable by your web server process. .changes
contains a list of changes; The file in the working/work_areas/MailerContrib/
directorycontains a timestamp of the last time notification was done for the web.Both files are automatically created as needed.
Caution: Older versions of Foswiki, and especially TWiki migrations might configure e-mail in the preference settings topic.Make sure you delete that setting if you are using a SitePreferences topic from a previous release of Foswiki.
Parameter | configure (Current) |
preference settings (Legacy) |
Default | Description |
---|---|---|---|---|
Global enable | {EnableEmail} |
n/a | enabled |
Globally enable/disable email support. |
Extermal mail program | {MailProgram} |
n/a | '/usr/sbin/sendmail -t -oi -oeq' |
E-mail program used when Net:SMTP is unavailable |
Mail relay host | {SMTP}{MAILHOST} |
SMTPMAILHOST |
not set | Destination SMTP Server used to receive and relay email. Net::SMTP is disabled if this is not set. |
Mail sending hostname | {SMTP}{SENDERHOST} |
SMTPSENDERHOST |
not set | Hostname used to identify sender. Some SMTP configurations will require this. |
SMTP Password | {SMTP}{Password} |
not supported | not set |
cron
table so that mailnotify
is called in an interval of your choice. Please consult man crontab
for how to modify the table that schedules program execution at certain intervals. Example:
% crontab -e 0 1 * * * (cd /path/to/bin; ./mailnotify -q)The above line will run mailnotify nightly at 01:00. The
-q
switch suppresses all normal output.
For ISP installations: Many ISPs don't allow hosted accounts direct cron access, as it's often used for things that can heavily load the server. Workaround scripts are available.
On Windows: You can use a scheduled task if you have administrative privileges.
The crontab command is used to schedule commands to be executed periodically.
Trash
web.
[More topic actions]
link (normally located in an action toolbar at the top or bottom of page) on the topic to be changed. Then, in the new screen, click [Rename or move topic...]
or [Delete topic...]
. You can now rename and/or move in one operation: You'll be warned if any of the topics to be affected are locked (being edited), or if there is a name conflict.
[Rename]
: the topic will be renamed and links to the topic updated as requested. [Rename]
.
There is a Put back feature that allows you to undo arename/move/delete
action - an instruction line and an undo link will appear under the[Rename or move topic]
section of the[More topic actions]
page. This allows you to revert from the last modification only.
Trash
web. [More actions]
link (normally located in an action toolbar at the top or bottom of page) on the topic to be changed. Then, in the new screen, click [Delete topic...]
. That will bring up the "rename" form prepopulated with the Trash
web and a suitable topic name.
[Delete]
: the topic will be renamed and moved to the Trash
web as requested.
[More actions]
link (normally located in an action toolbar at the top or bottom of page) on the topic to be changed.
Web.TopicName
).
[Copy topic]
button. You will be directed to an edit page for the newly-created topic. You can save the new copy immediately, or make some changes and then save it.
Trash
web - they are NOT physically erased from the server. All webs share the same Trash
- in case of a name conflict with a topic already existing in the Trash
web, the user is alerted and asked to choose a new name.
The Trash
web should be be cleared periodically, by archiving (saving) the text and RCS files if required (recommended), then deleting them from the pub/Trash
and data/Trash
directories.
This can only be done from on the server, not through the browser. Be sure to recreate the empty TrashAttachments after you remove it. Since simple FTP access to theTrash
directory is all that is required for maintenance, it is possible to grantTrash
admin privileges to multiple users, while strictly limiting server access.
The default "new topic" screen tells the user when a topic being created used to exist, but was moved. So if anyone follows a link to a moved topic, they will be able to click through to the new name.
<pre>
and <verbatim>
are honoured - no changes are made to text within these areas. <pre>
and <verbatim>
blocks
topic
. Next, all webs (including the current one) are listed that match web.topic
. All webs will be searched during rename, even if NOSEARCHALL
is defined on a web, though access permissions will of course be honoured.
Changed references are kept as short as possible, for example: topic
is used in preference to web.topic
.
VIEW
, CHANGE
and RENAME
access to that topic. To alter referring topics, you need CHANGE
access. See AccessControl for information on setting up access permissions.
Ultimately, the size, objectives, and policies of your site, the real-world behavior of your user group, and most importantly, the initial Foswiki site management leadership, will determine the most effective implementation of this feature, and the success of the site overall.
search
can show matches that will not be updated due to case differences. Other mismatches with actual rendered output are also possible as the approaches are so different.
The following shows some limitations of square bracket processing.
[[Old Topic]] => [[NewTopic][Old Topic]] [[old topic]] => [[NewTopic][old topic]] [[old t opic]] => not changed [[OldTopic]] => [[NewTopic]]
The previous version of this documented recommended copy/paste from the raw view of a prior version to revert. This is not recommended as it fails to revert changes to the topic metadata. Note howver that no method actually reverts attachments as they are stored separately from the topics.Foswiki's revision control saves all topic changes. To view earlier versions of a topic, click on the
History
link in topic actions. If you would like to revert to an earlier version or reclaim part of an earlier version, just copy from the old topic revision to the current topic revision as follows: History
view, find the revision number you want to restore.
[More topic actions]
page, [Restore topic]
section.
[Restore]
. This action creates a new revision from the specified version.
cmd=delRev
option of the edit script to permanently remove the last revision of a topic.
topic.txt,v
rcs file from the file system after removing the offending information from the topic.
data
directory, with text files as topics. System
for documentation, Main
to store user pages and site-wide preferences, Trash
for the topic recycle bin. Before you begin: consider that less webs are better than more webs. Cross-linking topics is easier, and searches are faster, if there are only a few larger webs.
Sandbox/TestWeb/SubWeb.SubWebTopic
topic: System.DefaultPreferences
default settings
Main.SitePreferences
site-wide settings inherits from and overrides settings in System.DefaultPreferences
Sandbox.WebPreferences
inherits from and overrides settings in Main.SitePreferences
Sandbox/TestWeb.WebPreferences
inherits from and overrides settings in Sandbox.WebPreferences
Sandbox/TestWeb/SubWeb.WebPreferences
inherits from and overrides settings in Sandbox/TestWeb.WebPreferences
Sandbox/TestWeb/SubWeb.SubWebTopic
inherits from and overrides settings in Sandbox/TestWeb/SubWeb.WebPreferences
Main.SomeUserName
- points to it and would need updating (unless the macro style %USERSWEB%.SomeUserName
, is used throughout). This potentially large change can be performed automatically if you rename the web from the Tools section of WebPreferences, as described above.
If you want to rename the System or Main webs, remember they are referred to in the Foswiki configuration. You will need to change theRelated Topics: AdminDocumentationCategory, AdminToolsCategory Back to top{SystemWebName}
,{UsersWebName}
and/or{LocalSitePreferences}
settings in the configuration using the configure interface. Renaming the webs in the distribution is not recommended because it makes upgrades much more complicated.
Some of the features below may be disabled, depending on your Foswiki configuration.
You don't have to have user home pages in Foswiki for Authentication to work - see UserAuthentication for details.
JaneSmith
to JaneMiller
. %M% Jane Smith is now known as JaneMiller
* JaneSmith - jsmith - 13 Sep 2006
* JaneMiller - jmiller - 13 Sep 2006
To remove a user account (FredQuimby, who logs in as "fred"):
.htpasswd
file, edit the .htpasswd
file to delete the line starting fred:
htpasswd
program with .htpasswd
files generated by Foswiki! htpasswd
wipes out email addresses that Foswiki plants in the info fields of this file.
FredQuimby - fred
line from the Main.WikiUsers topic
FredQuimby
from all groups and from all the ALLOWWEB/ALLOWTOPIC...
declarations, if any.rest
handler to: {Register}{UniqueEmail}
to prevent use of the same email by multiple users.
Normally any email domain can be used for registration. Set the expert setting {Register}{EmailFilter}
to restrict the domains usable for registration. See the configure help for more details.
See the configure help at http://wiki.cmc.msu.ru/bin/configure#Registration$SecurityAndAuthentication for more details.
templates/registerconfirm.tmpl
templates/registernotify.tmpl
templates/registernotifyadmin.tmpl
.tmpl
files in the templates
dir, this cannot use Template topics.
These template files have a specific format that matches the raw format of emails sent via SMTP, so be careful and test your changes. It is easiest to start by copying the default templates:
cd templates cp registernotify.tmpl registernotify.myskin.tmpl cp registerconfirm.tmpl registerconfirm.myskin.tmpl cp registernotifyadmin.tmpl registernotifyadmin.myskin.tmplthen add
myskin
to the beginning of the SKIN
setting in Main.SitePreferences.
From this point on, your myskin templates will be used for the registration emails.
To make it possible for users to modify the email contents, you could use a parameterized%INCLUDE%
statement in your customized version, eg:
From: %WIKIWEBMASTERNAME% <%WIKIWEBMASTER%> To: %FIRSTLASTNAME% <%EMAILADDRESS%> Subject: %MAKETEXT{ "[_1] - Registration for [_2] ([_3])" args="%WIKITOOLNAME%, %WIKINAME%, %EMAILADDRESS%" }% MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=%CHARSET% Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit %INCLUDE{ "%USERSWEB%.RegisterNotifyEmail" WIKINAME="%WIKINAME%" FIRSTLASTNAME="%FIRSTLASTNAME%" EMAILADDRESS="%EMAILADDRESS%" }%
Note the use of %WIKINAME%, %FIRSTLASTNAME%, %EMAILADDRESS% passed in from the INCLUDE so that the topic below is similar to the original templateand then create a topic Main.RegisterNotifyEmail:
Welcome to %WIKITOOLNAME%. %MAKETEXT{"Your personal [_1] topic is located at [_2]. You can customize it as you like:" args="%WIKITOOLNAME%, %SCRIPTURL{"view"}%/%USERSWEB%/%WIKINAME%"}% * %MAKETEXT{"Some people turn it into a personal portal with favorite links, what they work on, what help they'd like, etc."}% * %MAKETEXT{"Some add schedule information and vacation notice."}% Regards %WIKIWEBMASTERNAME% Your Wiki Admin %MAKETEXT{"Note:"}% 2 %MAKETEXT{"You can change your password at via [_1]" args="%SCRIPTURL{"view"}%/%SYSTEMWEB%/ChangePassword"}% 3 %MAKETEXT{"If you haven't set a password yet or you want to reset it, go to: [_1]" args="%SCRIPTURL{"view"}%/%SYSTEMWEB%/ResetPassword"}% %MAKETEXT{"Submitted content:"}% %FORMDATA%
Remember to secure the topic appropriately to prevent attackers from getting emailed sensitive passwords.
This will be accomplished by creating a new skin to override the templates used in the registration process. By creating a new skin, you avoid modifying any files that are replaced when Foswiki is upgraded.
approval
templates/registerconfirm.tmpl
to templates/registerconfirm.approval.tmpl
templates/registernotify.tmpl
to templates/registernotify.approval.tmpl
templates/registernotifyadmin.tmpl
to templates/registernotifyadmin.approval.tmpl
templates/messages.approval.tmpl
{Register}{NeedVerification}
{Register}{ExpireAfter}
setting to a value long enough to ensure that the approver has a chance to process the request before it expires.
approval
as the skin name. And the registration notifications sent to the user and Wiki admin do not need to be modified.
templates/registerconfirm.approval.tmpl
(Step 2) cp templates/registerconfirm.tmpl templates/registerconfirm.approval.tmpl
and edit to appear as follows.
This email message will be sent to the address responsible for approving registrations.
%{ This is a default template }%From: %WIKIWEBMASTERNAME% <%WIKIWEBMASTER%> To: %REGISTRATIONAPPROVAL% <%REGISTRATIONAPPROVALEMAIL%> CC: %WIKIWEBMASTERNAME% <%WIKIWEBMASTER%> Subject: Registration request by %FIRSTLASTNAME% <%EMAILADDRESS%> MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=%CHARSET% Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Registration request by %FIRSTLASTNAME% <%EMAILADDRESS%> for %WIKITOOLNAME% needs your approval. Verification code %VERIFICATIONCODE% %SCRIPTURL{"register"}%?action=verify;code=%VERIFICATIONCODE%
Note The line following the Content-Transfer
must be completely empty, with no spaces, or the email wil fail.
templates/registernotifyadmin.approval.tmpl
(Step 4) This is sent to the Admin upon successful registration. This message is extended to provide confirmation to the approver that the registration succeeded.
%{ This is a default template }%From: %WIKIWEBMASTERNAME% <%WIKIWEBMASTER%> To: %WIKIWEBMASTERNAME% <%WIKIWEBMASTER%> Cc: %REGISTRATIONAPPROVAL% <%REGISTRATIONAPPROVALEMAIL%> Subject: %MAKETEXT{"[_1] - Registration for [_2] ([_3])" args="%WIKITOOLNAME%, %WIKINAME%, %EMAILADDRESS%"}% MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=%CHARSET% Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit %MAKETEXT{"This is an automated e-mail notification of user registration in [_1]." args="%WIKITOOLNAME%"}% %MAKETEXT{"[_1] has been approved and registered with e-mail [_2]" args="%WIKINAME%, %EMAILADDRESS%"}% %MAKETEXT{"Submitted content:"}% %FORMDATA% %MAKETEXT{"Saved to:"}% %SCRIPTURL{"view"}%/%USERSWEB%/%WIKINAME%
templates/messages.approval.tmpl
(Step 5) templates/messages.approval.tmpl
This template will
override one message from the large collection of messages in templates/messages.tmpl
This "confirm"
message will be returned to the user when they submit the registration request.
%TMPL:INCLUDE{"messages"}% %TMPL:DEF{"confirm"}% ---+++ %MAKETEXT{"Thank you for registering"}% Your request has been sent to %REGISTRATIONAPPROVAL% <%REGISTRATIONAPPROVALEMAIL%> who will normally approve your registration within 1-2 working days. Return to %USERSWEB%.%HOMETOPIC% %TMPL:END%
Main.SitePreferences
(Step 6) #
shown in the below example.)
* #Set SKIN=approval,pattern * #Set REGISTRATIONAPPROVAL=Registraions * #Set REGISTRATIONAPPROVALEMAIL=registrations@mycompany.com
Note Be sure to add the REGISTRATIONAPPROVAL and REGISTRATIONAPPROVALEMAIL to the Set FINALPREFERENCES
line.
{Register}{NeedVerification}
- This checkbox should be enabled in the "Security and Authentication" -> "Registration" tab.
{Register}{ExpireAfter}
- Set to a value that is > than the longest delay expected for approval. For ex. a "Holiday weekend" - 3-day lifetime would require 259200 seconds.
Set the pending registration timeout, in seconds. The pending registration will be cleared after this amount of time. The default is 6 hours (21600 seconds). This is only used if {Register}{NeedVerification} is enabled. Note By default, registration expiry is done "on the fly" during the registration process. For best performance, you can set{Register}{ExpireAfter}
to a negative number, which will mean that Foswiki won't try to clean up expired registrations durning registration. Instead you should use a cron job to clean up expired sessions. The standard maintenance cron scripttools/tick_foswiki.pl
includes this function.Note that if you are using registration approval by 3rd party reviewers, this timer should most likely be significantly increased. 24 hours = 86400, 3 days = 259200.
Pending registration requests are stored in the{WorkingDir}/registration_approvals
directory.
Foswiki 1.1.9 was built 18 Nov 2013. It is a release that contains 43 fixes and 4 enhancements.
Foswiki 1.1.6 was built 02 Dec 2012. It is a release that fixes some important issues including some minor security related issues. It contains 94 fixes and 27 enhancements.
Foswiki 1.1.5 was built 10 Apr 2012. It is a release that fixes some very important issues including some security related issues. It contains 100 fixes and 20 enhancements.
Foswiki 1.1.4 was built 20 Dec 2011. It is a release that fixes some very important including some security related issues. It contains 143 fixes and 27 enhancements. jQuery has been updated to 1.7.1.
Foswiki 1.1.3 was built 16 Apr 2011. It is a release that fixes more than 150 bugs. jQuery has been updated to 1.4.3. The default PatternSkin has some usability improvements.
Foswiki 1.1.2 was built 09 Nov 2010. It is a release that fixes some very important bugs incl. a security related bug. Installations running 1.1.0 and 1.1.1 should be upgraded to 1.1.2
It is a release that fixes some important bugs that were introduced in 1.1.0. It is highly recommended that all running 1.1.0 upgrade to 1.1.1.
Foswiki 1.1.0 was built 04 Oct 2010. It is a release with more than 270 bug fixes relative to 1.0.10 and more than 680 bug fixes relative to 1.0.0.
This release adds more than 100 enhancements. Foswiki 1.1.0 introduces jQuery Javascript user interface framework, improved topic history display, new QUERY and FORMAT macros, better user interfaces for group management, much improved WYSIWYG editor, facelift of the default skin, much improved configure tool, and much more.
Foswiki 1.1 has many improvements that end-users as well as administrators will appreciate. In addition Foswiki 1.1 comes with a lot of "under the hood" improvements to the core code, with the goal of making it easier to plug in work from other projects, such as jQuery, KinoSearch, Solr and others. Work has been made to improve the definition of internal APIs to allow other not-yet-written modules, such as store implementations. Most of these modifications should be invisible to the end user and admin, but are important to position Foswiki for the next generation of plugins. Here is a list of the most important enhancements in Foswiki 1.1.0
Foswiki 1.0.10 was built 09 Sep 2010 as a patch release with more than 410 bug fixes relative to 1.0.0.
This release is expected to be the final bug fixing release for foswiki 1.0, and wraps up about 70 fixes found since 1.0.9.
Importantly, this release fixes an issue running configure on Perl 5.12, improves compatibility with proxy and enterprise search indexers, and updates the shipped plugins to the latest versions.
It resolves a number of issues for running foswiki on MS Windows.
Foswiki 1.0.9 was built 17 Jan 2010. It is a patch release with more than 320 bug fixes relative to 1.0.0 and several enhancements. This release fixes many bugs in the Wysiwyg editor, bugs related to more advanced wiki applications and bugs in the Plugin API. It contains several bug fixes and enhancements related to security and spam fighting.
Foswiki 1.0.8 was built 29 Nov 2009. It is a patch release with more than 280 bug fixes relative to 1.0.0 and some enhancements. This release fixes a short list of quite annoying old bugs incl a bug that prevented efficient use of MailerContrib for producing newsletters. The Wysiwyg editor has been upgraded with the latest Tiny MCE editor release 3.2.7.
More than 30 new bug fixes and some enhancements.
The Wysiwyg editor has been upgraded to using Tiny MCE editor version 3.2.2 which solves many editor related bugs. The pickaxe icon has been replaced by a "Wiki Text" button as the pickaxe was hard to guess the function of.
Several bugs fixed related to the Cross-Site Request Forgery feature.
TablePlugin sorts numbers and dates better
EditTablePlugin handles SpreadSheetPlugin in footer rows correctly
Fixed a problem where Windows installations of Foswiki would create new users with non-working passwords
"Managing webs" feature redesigned for better usability
More than 40 bugs fixed and several small enhancements.
Major security enhancement against Cross-Site Request Forgery
A central translation framework got introduced. Foswiki is already available in 20 major languages and dialects. The new translation framework will ease the translation process by allowing contributions from users.
Additional 20 bugs fixed.
Some few minor enhancements
New security features added
Upgrade package for 1.0.5 is relative to 1.0.0.
Small update of 1.0.3 with 33 more bugs fixed incl some severe bugs in EditTablePlugin.
Upgrade package for 1.0.4 is relative to 1.0.0.
The number of bugfixes in 1.0.4 relative to 1.0.0 is more than 100 + some bugs that were introduced and fixed in the not published 1.0.1-1.0.3. There are 5 minor enhancements.
Both 1.0.1 ,1.0.2, and 1.0.3 were not published because they did not pass the final quality control. Another handful of bugs were fixed.
Upgrade package for 1.0.3 is relative to 1.0.0.
Same as 1.0.1 but with a handful of additional bug fixes.
Upgrade package for 1.0.2 is relative to 1.0.0 since 1.0.1 was never published on the Foswiki website.
Patch release containing more than 70 bug fixes and some user interface improvements of configure. Due to a bug (Item1126) the development team decide not to publish this release but instead release 1.0.2 a few days later
Bug fix highlights:
Foswiki is the old TWiki project under a new name. Restrictions on the use of the TWiki brand resulted in many of its developers continuing the project under the new Foswiki name. Foswiki is backwards compatible with all content from older TWiki installations. Foswiki 1.0.0 ships with a TWikiCompatibilityPlugin installed and activated by default, thus enabling most extensions made for TWiki to work under Foswiki.
viewfile
script can be used as a webserver ErrorDocument enabling both more secure attachments and user focused error dialogs.
Foswiki is much more secure than TWiki 4.2.4.
'"<>%
which eliminates most XSS possibilities encountered with URLPARAM. This protects all topics using the URLPARAM macro without requiring any changes to them.
As part of the first Foswiki product release, various topics and terms were changed to avoid using the TWiki brand name and to more accurately reflect their purpose, including the following:
TWiki term | Foswiki term |
---|---|
TWiki variable | Macro |
preference(s) variable | preference setting, or macro when referring to expansion of same |
TWiki form | Data form |
TWiki Plugin | Plugin |
TWiki Template | Skin Template |
Topic Template | Template Topic |
TWiki Markup Language (TML) | Topic Markup Language (TML) |
TWiki Application | Wiki Application |
Patch release following the 4.2.0
New Features and Enhancements of TWiki Release 4.2working
which per default is located in the TWiki root which contains registration_approvals, tmp, and work_areas
query
search mode supports SQL-style queries over form fields and other meta-data
templatetopic
parameter to point to custom comment template topic
Eng.ajax
into the Jump box... Here we go, the third link is the AjaxCookbook I was looking for."
redirectto
parameter to redirect to a topic or a URL; for security, redirect to URL needs to be enabled with a {AllowRedirectUrl}
configure flag.
redirectto
parameter to redirect to a URL or link to TWiki topic after submitting comment.
topic
URL parameter also respects the {AllowRedirectUrl}
configure flag so redirects to URLs can be disabled which could be abused for phishing attacks.
section
URL parameter to view just a named section within a topic. Useful for simple AJAX type applications.
$nop
, $quot
, $percnt
, $dollar
.
$LISTRAND()
, $LISTSHUFFLE()
, $LISTTRUNCATE()
.
cellborder
.
Although many more people have been involved in creating TWiki-4.1, special thanks go to the most active contributors in the following areas:
See more details on the TWiki 4.1 release at TWikiReleaseNotes04x01.
Installation & configuration | Contributor |
---|---|
Much simpler install and configuration | Crawford Currie, LynnwoodBrown, ArthurClemens |
mod_perl safe code for better performance |
Crawford Currie |
Security | |
Security sandbox blocking exploits for remote command execution on the server | Florian Weimer, Crawford Currie, Sven Dowideit |
Reworked access permission model | Crawford Currie |
Internationalization & localization | |
User Interface Internationalisation | AntonioTerceiro |
Chinese translation | CheDong |
Danish translation | SteffenPoulsen |
Dutch translation | ArthurClemens |
French translation | BenVoui |
German translation | AndreUlrich |
Italian translation | MassimoMancini |
Polish translation | ZbigniewKulesza |
Portuguese translation | AntonioTerceiro, CarlinhosCecconi |
Spanish translation | WillNorris, MiguelABayona |
Swedish translation | Erik Åman |
New features for users | |
Edit conflict resolution with automatic merge | Crawford Currie |
Fine grained change notification on page level and parent/child relationship | Crawford Currie |
WYSIWYG editor | Crawford Currie, ColasNahaboo, DamienMandrioli, RomainRaugi |
Integrated session support | GregAbbas, Crawford Currie |
Webserver-independent login/logout | Crawford Currie |
Registration process with e-mail confirmation | MartinCleaver |
Tip of the Day box in TWiki Home | PaulineCheung, Peter Thoeny, AntonAylward |
ATOM feeds | Peter Thoeny |
"Force New Revision" check box for topic save | WillNorris |
New features for Wiki administrators and wiki application developers | |
Improved preferences handling | ThomasWeigert, Crawford Currie |
Named include sections | RafaelAlvarez |
Create topic names with consecutive numbers | Sven Dowideit |
Parameterized includes | Crawford Currie |
Dynamic form option definitions of DataForms with FormattedSearch | MartinCleaver |
SEARCH enhancements with new parameters excludeweb , newline , noempty , nofinalnewline , nonoise , recurse , zeroresults |
Crawford Currie, ArthurClemens, Peter Thoeny, ThomasWeigert |
FormattedSearch enhancements with $changes , $count , $formfield(name, 30, ...) , $summary(expandvar) , $summary(noheaders) , $summary(showvarnames) |
ColasNahaboo, Crawford Currie, Peter Thoeny, Sven Dowideit |
New TWikiVariables ACTIVATEDPLUGINS, ALLVARIABLES, AUTHREALM, EMAILS, FAILEDPLUGINS, HTTP, HTTPS, ICONURL, ICONURLPATH, IF, LANGUAGES, LOCALSITEPREFS, LOGIN, LOGOUT, MAKETEXT, META, PLUGINDESCRIPTIONS, QUERYSTRING, STARTSECTION/ENDSECTION, SESSION_VARIABLE, SESSIONID, SESSIONVAR, SPACEOUT, USERLANGUAGE, WIKIHOMEURL | ArthurClemens, AntonioTerceiro, Crawford Currie, GregAbbas, Peter Thoeny, Sven Dowideit, WillNorris and many more |
TWiki form with hidden type and other form enhancements | LynnwoodBrown, ThomasWeigert |
Support topic-specific templates for TWiki applications | ThomasWeigert |
Direct save feature for one-click template-based topic creation | LynnwoodBrown, Crawford Currie, ThomasWeigert |
Automatic Attachments showing all files in the attachment directory | MartinCleaver |
Rename, move or delete webs | PeterNixon |
Hierarchical subwebs (beta) | PeterNixon |
New features for Plugin developers | |
REST (representational state transfer) interface for Plugins | RafaelAlvarez, TWiki:Main.MartinCleaver, Sven Dowideit |
New and improved Plugins APIs | Crawford Currie, ThomasWeigert |
Improvements in the TWiki engine room | |
Major OO redesign and refactoring of codebase | Crawford Currie |
Automatic build system | Crawford Currie |
Extensive test suite, unit tests and testcases | Crawford Currie |
TWiki:Codev.DevelopBranch , DEVELOP branch Bugs system | Sven Dowideit |
Documentation, logo artwork, skins: | |
Documentation | Crawford Currie, LynnwoodBrown, Peter Thoeny, Sven Dowideit and others |
Design of TWikiLogos with big "T" in a speech bubble | ArthurClemens, Peter Thoeny |
Improved templates and PatternSkin | ArthurClemens |
See more details at TWikiReleaseNotes04x00
Details of New Features and Enhancements of 01-Sep-2004 Release | Developer, Sponsor |
---|---|
Install: Ship with an automatic upgrade script to facilitate TWiki upgrades. Details | TWiki:Main.MartinGregory Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Install: New testenv function to change the locks in the TWiki database to the web server user id (automates installation step). Details | TWiki:Main.MattWilkie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Install: The shipped .htaccess.txt now needs to be edited before it is valid, to help reduce chances of error. Details | Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Install: Configurable password file handling for different types of encryption. Details | TWiki:Main.PavelGoran Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Install: Remove office locations from registration. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Install: Changes to support shorter URLs with Apache Rewrite rules. Details | TWiki:Main.AntonioBellezza TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Install: Remove the Know web from the distribution. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Internationalization: Support use of UTF-8 URLs for I18N characters in TWiki page and attachment names. Details | TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin |
Authentication: Authenticate users when creating new topic in view restricted web. Details | TWiki:Main.JonathanGraehl Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Preferences: TWiki Preferences need to be secured properly. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Preferences: Use TWiki Forms to set user preferences. Details | TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre |
Skins: New pre-installed skins PatternSkin and DragonSkin. Details | Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Skins: New skin browser to choose from installed skins. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Skins: Documented set of CSS classes that are used in standard skins. Details | Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Skins: Added CSS class names to Diff output. Details | Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Skins: Templates can now be read from user topics, as well as from files in the templates diretcory. Details | Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Skins: Ensure that the default template gets overridden by a template passed in. Details | TWiki:Main.MartinCleaver TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Skin: Convey an important broadcast message to all users, e.g. scheduled server downtime. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Skin: Balanced pastel colors for TWiki webs. Details | Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
Rendering: Use exclamation point prefix to escape TWiki markup rendering. Details | Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
Rendering: Ordered lists with uppercase & lowercase letters, uppercase & lowercase Roman numerals. Details | TWiki:Main.DanBoitnott TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Rendering: Allow custom styles for the "?" of uncreated topics. Details | Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Rendering: Render IRC and NNTP as a URL. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Rendering: Make acronym linking more strict by requiring a trailing boundary, e.g. excluding TLAfoobar. Details | Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Rendering: TWiki Form with Label type. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Rendering: Web names can now be WikiWords. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Rendering: New syntax for definition list with dollar sign and colon. Details | TWiki:Main.AdamTheo TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Rendering: Table with multi-span rows, functionality provided by Table Plugin. Details | TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Variables: New title parameter for TOC variable. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
Variables: New REVINFO variable in templates supports flexible display of revision information. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Variables: Set times to be displayed as gmtime or servertime. Details | TWiki:Main.SueBlake Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Variables: Properly encode parameters for form fields with ENCODE variable. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: Expand USERNAME and WIKINAME in Template Topics. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: Expand same variables in new user template as in template topics. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: Optionally warn when included topic does not exist; with the option to create the included topic. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: In topic text show file-types of attached files as icons. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: New variable FORMFIELD returns the value of a field in the form attached to a topic.. Details | TWiki:Main.DavidSachitano Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Variables: Meta data rendering for form fields with META{"formfield"}. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: New PLUGINVERSION variable. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: URLPARAM now has a default="..." argument, for when no value has been given. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: URLPARAM variable with newline parameter. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: URLPARAM variable with new multiple=on parameter. Details | TWiki:Main.PaulineCheung TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: New switch for search to perform an AND NOT search. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Keyword search to search with implicit AND. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Multiple searches in same topic with new multiple="on" paramter. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Remove limitation on number of topics to search in a web. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Exclude topics from search with an excludetopic parameter. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Expand Variables on Formatted Search with expandvariables Flag. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Formatted Search with Web Form variable to retrieve the name of the form attached to a topic. Details | TWiki:Main.FrankSmith TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Formatted Search with Conditional Output. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Formatted Search with $parent token to get the parent topic. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: New separator parameter to SEARCH supports better SEARCH embedding. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Improved search performance when sorting result by topic name. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: New scope=all search parameter to search in topic name and topic text at the same time. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: New topic parameter for AND search on topic text and topic name. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search modules uses Perl-style keyword parameters (code cleanup). Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: New $wikiname variable in format parameter of formatted search. Details | Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
Search: Sort search by topic creation date. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Topic creation date and user in Formatted Search. Details | TWiki:Main.CoreyFruitman Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Search: Increase levels of nested search from 2 to 16. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Plugins: New pre-installed Plugins CommentPlugin, EditTablePlugin, RenderListPlugin, SlideShowPlugin, SmiliesPlugin, SpreadSheetPlugin, TablePlugin. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Plugins: New callback afterSaveHandler , called after a topic is saved. Details |
TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Plugins: New callbacks beforeAttachmentSaveHandler and afterAttachmentSaveHandler , used to intervene on attachment save event. Details |
TWiki:Main.MartinCleaver TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Plugins: New callbacks beforeCommonTagsHandler and afterCommonTagsHandler . Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Plugins: New callback renderFormFieldForEditHandler to render form field for edit. Details |
TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre |
Plugins: New callback renderWikiWordHandler to custom render links. Details |
TWiki:Main.MartinCleaver TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Plugins: New function TWiki::Func::formatTime to format time into a string. Details |
Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Plugins: New function TWiki::Func::getRegularExpression to get predefined regular expressions. Details |
TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin |
Plugins: New functions TWiki::Func::getPluginPreferences* to get Plugin preferences. Details |
TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Plugins: New function TWiki::Func::extractParameters to extract all parameters from a variable string. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Plugins: New function TWiki::Func::checkDependencies to check for module dependency. Details |
Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Plugins: A recommendation for where a Plugin can store its data. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
UI: Show tool-tip topic info on WikiWord links. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
UI: Save topic and continue edit feature. Details | TWiki:Main.ColasNahaboo |
UI: Change topic with direct save (without edit/preview/save cycle) and checkpoint save. Details | TWiki:Main.MattWilkie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
UI: In attachment table, change 'action' to 'manage'. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Smaller usability enhancements on the file attachment table. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Removes anchor links from header content and places them before the text to fix 'header becomes link'. Details | Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Improved functionality of the More screen. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Quick reference chart of most used markup is now listed on the edit screen. Details | Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Flag for edit script to avoid overwrite of existing topic text and form data. Details | TWiki:Main.NielsKoldso TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
UI: Disable Escape key in IE textarea to prevent it cancelling work. Details | Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
UI: Improved warning message on unsaved topic. Details | TWiki:Main.MartinGregory Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
UI: Reverse order of words in page title for better multi-window/tab navigation. Details | Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Provides a framework to create and modify a topic without going through edit->preview->save sequence. Details | Foswiki:Main.AndreUlrich Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
UI: Set the topic parent to none in More screen, e.g. remove the current topic parent. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
UI: Use templates to define how file attachments are displayed. Was previously hard-coded. Details | Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
UI: Topic diff shows unified diff with unchanged context. Details | Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
UI: Diff feature shows TWiki form changes in nice tables. Details | Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Code refactoring: The log entry for a save now has a dontNotify flag in the extra field if the user checked the minor changes flag. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Code refactoring: Server-side include of attachments accelerates INCLUDE. Details | Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Code refactoring: Move functionality out of bin scripts and into included modules. Details | Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Code refactoring: Move bin script functionality into TWiki::UI modules. Details | Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Code refactoring: Optimize preferences handling for better performance. Details | TWiki:Main.PavelGoran TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Code refactoring: Refactor variable expansion for edit and register. Details | Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Code refactoring: Move savemulti script into TWiki::UI::Save. Details | TWiki:Main.MattWilkie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Code refactoring: Topic search is done natively in Perl, it does not depend anymore on system calls with pipes. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Code refactoring: Fix logical error in upload script which prevented MIME filename from being used. Details | TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Bug Fixes of 01-Sep-2004 Release | Developer, Sponsor |
---|---|
Fix: Consistently create headings with empty anchor tags. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: TOC does not work for headings containing & without spaces surrounding it. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Backslash line break breaks TWiki form definitions. Details | Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Rename fixes unrelated topic references. Details | TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin |
Fix: Bug with infinite recursion in search. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Can't send mail with full 'From' address. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: All scripts change to $bin before execute (for mod_perl2). Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Several RSS readers do not show all entries seen in the WebChanges list; repeated updates to the same topics get lost. Details | Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
Fix: TWiki::Access::checkAccessPermission function improperly handles Main and TWiki webs. Details | Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Topic save returns error CI Date precedes date in revision. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Double quotes got replaced by " in TWiki forms. Details | TWiki:Main.MichaelSparks TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Duplicated Wiki name in .htpasswd entry for sha1 encoding. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: When viewing a previous version of a topic, the view script substitutes only one occurrence of the variable EDITTOPIC. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Form default values are not working for text fields. Details | TWiki:Main.ThomasWeigert Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Formatted searches using a $pattern which unbalanced parenthesis crash TWiki. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Formatted Search uses title but should use name for formfield parameter. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: GMTIME variable returns unwanted GMT text. Details | Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Include from other Web links ACRONYMS. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Including an HTML file is very slow. Details | TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre |
Fix: includeUrl() mess up absolute URLs. Details | Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Filter out fixed font rendering in TOC to avoid unrendered = equal signs in TOC. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: The initializeUserHandler is broken for session Plugins. Details | TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre |
Fix: SEARCH fails with very large webs. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Security alert: User could gain view access rights of another user. Details | TWiki:Main.KimCovil TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: 'print to closed file handle' error of log files are not writable. Details | TWiki:Main.MartinGregory Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Meta data handler can't process CR-LF line endings. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: METAFIELD meta data is not shown in view raw=on mode. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Minor XHTML non-compliance in templates and code. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Getting pages from virtual hosts fails. Details | TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre |
Fix: Create new web fails if RCS files do not exist. Details | TWiki:Main.ClausBrunzema Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Metacharacters can be passed through to the shell in File Attach. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Ability to delete non-WikiWord topics without confirmation. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: + symbol in password reset fails. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Pathinfo cleanup for hosted sites. Details | TWiki:Main.MikeSalisbury Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Software error in SEARCH if regular expression pattern has unmached parenthesis. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Pipe chars in the comment field of the attachment table are not escaped. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Link escaping in preview fails for not quoted hrefs. Details | TWiki:Main.TedPavlic TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Preview expands variables twice. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Using a proxy with TWiki fails; no proxy-HTTP request, minimal request not HTTP 1.0, requests marked 1.1 are at best 1.0. Details | TWiki:Main.MichaelSparks TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre |
Fix: Runaway view processes with TWiki::Sore::RcsLite. Details | Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Regex Error in WebTopicList with topics that have meta characters in the name. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Rename script misses some ref-by topics. Details | TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre |
Fix: Links to self within the page being renamed are not changed. Details | Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Rename topic does 'Main.Main.UserName' for attachments. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Revision date is set to Jan 1970 when using RCS Lite. Details | Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: The new dynamically-created SiteMap is very nice, but somewhat slow. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: The makeAnchorName function did not produce the same results if called iteratively, resulting in problems trying to link to headers.. Details | TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Fix: Statistics page does not provide links to non-wikiword topics. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Make TOC link URI references relative. Details | TWiki:Main.MartinGregory TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: TWiki hangs when used on Apache 2.0. Details | Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: TOC incorrectly strips out links in headers. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: The HTML tags that are generated by TOC do not close properly. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: TOC on INCLUDEd topic ignores STOPINCLUDE. Details | Foswiki:Main.WillNorris TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Quotes in tooltip message can break a TWiki form. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Better error message if the file attachment directory is not writable. Details | Foswiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Image size of PNG files. Details | Foswiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
Fix: The testenv script distinguishes between real user ID and effective user ID. Details | TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin |
Fix: Variables in square bracket links dont work in form fields. Details | Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Variable with Parameters in Form Fields Disappear. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Verbatim tag should escape HTML entities. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Field names of TWiki Forms can be WikiWords, this is used to link to a help topic. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Clean up the WebRssBase INCLUDES to use VARIABLES set in TWikiPreferences. Details | Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Resolving variables in included topics. Details | Foswiki:Main.OliverKrueger Foswiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
/bin/view/Web.TopicName
topic view URL (besides the default /bin/view/Web/TopicName
URL); useful for InterwikiPlugin links like TWiki:Codev.ReadmeFirst
readTopicText
, saveTopicText
, setTopicEditLock
, checkTopicEditLock
%NOAUTOLINK%
setting in the DefaultPreferences to disable the auto-linking of WikiWords
registrationHandler
, beforeEditHandler
, afterEditHandler
, beforeSaveHandler
, writeHeaderHandler
, redirectCgiQueryHandler
, getSessionValueHandler
, setSessionValueHandler
%INCLUDE{ "OtherTopic" rev="1.2" }%
%NOP{}%
variable in TWikiTemplates topic gets removed at topic creation time; useful to write protect template topics
%URLPARAM{}%
variable in TWikiTemplates topic gets expanded at topic creation time; useful for dynamic content creation
$logDir
introduced in TWiki.cfg to set the log directory
setlib.cfg
file in the bin directory to set the TWiki library path
%PROXYHOST
and %PROXYPORT%
settings in the DefaultPreferences
%WIKILOGOIMG%
, %TWIKILOGOURL%
and %WIKILOGOALT%
variables in DefaultPreferences; replacing $wikiHomeUrl
in TWiki.cfg
%WIKITOOLNAME%
variable in DefaultPreferences; replacing $wikiToolName
in TWiki.cfg
%EDITBOXSTYLE%
preferences setting which sets the edit box width automatically to the window width
%URLENCODE{}%
variable to encodes a string for using in a URL parameter, e.g. %URLENCODE{"spaced name"}%
returns spaced%20name
/twiki/templates/register.tmpl
template file
%TOC%
table of content, e.g. ---+!! This heading
is not shown in a TOC
%SEARCH{}%
variable, FormattedSearch and WebSearch
<verbatim>
tags are no longer expanded
%SEARCH{}%
variable for database like reporting.
TWiki.cfg
notedited.tmpl
, notext.tmpl
and nofoswiki.tmpl
templates. More in TWikiTemplates.
%TOPICLIST{"format"}%
and %WEBLIST{"format"}%
variables to get a formatted topic index and web index, respectively. More in TWikiVariables.
%URLPARAM{"name"}%
variable to query URL parameters. More in TWikiVariables.
| *bold* |
cells as table headers, (ii) render space padded cells | center aligned |
and | right aligned |
, (iii) span multiple columns using | empty cells |||
. More in TextFormattingRules.
.htaccess
files that are attached to a topic get a .txt
suffix appended to the file name. See also TWiki:Codev/FileAttachmentFilterSecurityAlert
---++ My Title
; and new %TOC%
variable to build a table of content from headings in a topic. More in TWikiVariables.
[[http://TWki.org][TWiki]]
) and internal links (i.e [[WikiSyntax][syntax]]
). More in TWikiVariables.
#MyAnchor
at the beginning of a line, and link to it with [[#MyAnchor]]
. More in TWikiVariables.
Net::SMTP
module instead of sendmail
if installed.
<verbatim>
... </verbatim>
tags to show source code "as is". Unlike the <pre>
... </pre>
tags, it also shows <
, >
, &
characters "as is".
==Bold Fixed==
to get Bold Fixed
.
%GMTIME{"..."}%
and %SERVERTIME{"..."}%
variables. Format is now "$hour:$min"
instead of "hour:min"
. More in TWikiVariables. Attention: Check your existing topics when you upgrade TWiki!
%STARTINCLUDE%
and %STOPINCLUDE%
variables to control what gets included of a topic. More in TWikiVariables.
print
skin for a printable view of a topic. More in TWikiSkins and TWiki:Codev/TWikiSkins.
%BASEWEB%
, %INCLUDINGWEB%
, %BASETOPIC%
and %INCLUDINGTOPIC%
to have more control over include handling. More in TWikiVariables and TWiki:Codev/IncludeHandlingImprovements.
noheader="on"
switch in %SEARCH{...}%
to suppress table header. More in TWikiVariables.
$doHidePasswdInRegistration
in wikicfg.pm
to hide plain text password in registration e-mail.
%VAR{"NAME" web="Web"}%
to get web-specific preferences. More in TWikiVariables.
view
"knows" the user once authenticated in edit
. More in TWikiUserAuthentication.
png
image support.
%INCLUDE{"%SYSTEMWEB%.TWikiWebsTable"}%
. More in TWiki:Codev/BetterTWikiTagTemplateProcessing.
mailnotify
to suppress all normal output.
[[text formatting FAQ]]
to get the link text formatting FAQ that points to topic TextFormattingFAQ.
%HTTP_EQUIV_ON_VIEW%
, %HTTP_EQUIV_ON_EDIT%
and %HTTP_EQUIV_ON_PREVIEW%
that define the <meta http-equiv="...">
meta tags for the TWiki templates. This can be used for example to set a document expiration time.
%GMTIME{"..."}%
and %SERVERTIME{"..."}%
. More in TWikiVariables.
%INCLUDE{"Web/TopicName.txt"}%
to %INCLUDE{"Web.TopicName"}%
. Legacy syntax still supported.
*bold*, italic, __bold italic__
and fixed
, where it is not necessary anymore to have a trailing space before .,;:?!
characters.
%INCLUDE%
of arbitrary files.
%GMTIME%
variable that shows the current GM time.
%HTTP_HOST%
, %REMOTE_ADDR%
, %REMOTE_PORT%
and %REMOTE_USER%
.
%ATTACHLINKBOX%
controls the default state of the link check box in the attach file page.
Perl -T
option )
%EDITBOXWIDTH%
and %EDITBOXHEIGHT%
to specify the edit box size.
wikiwebs.inc
, wikiwebtable.inc
, weblist.inc
, webcopyright.inc
and webcolors.inc
files.
%SCRIPTSUFFIX%
/ $scriptSuffix containing an optional file extension of the TWiki Perl script. Templates have been changed to use this variable. This allows you to rename the Perl script files to have a file extension like for example ".cgi".
%SCRIPTURLPATH%
/ $scriptUrlPath containing the script URL without the domain name. Templates have been changed to use this variable instead of %SCRIPTURL%
. This is for performance reasons.
%INCLUDE:"filename.ext"%
to %INCLUDE{"filename.ext"}%
. (Previous syntax still supported. Change was done because of inline search syntax)
%SEARCH{"str" ...}%
to show a search result embedded in a topic text. TWikiVariables has more on the syntax. Inline search combined with the category table feature can be used for example to create a simple bug tracking system.
initialize
in wiki.pm
did not handle $thePathInfo
correctly.
$doLogTopic*
in wikicfg.pm to selectively log topic view, edit, save, rdiff, attach, search and changes to monthly log file.
$doRemovePortNumber
in wikicfg.pm to optionally remove the port number from the TWiki URL. Example www.some.domain:1234/twiki
gets www.some.domain/twiki
.
%INCLUDE:"file.inc"%
variable. Search first in the current web, then in parent data directory. Useful to overload default include text in the data directory by web-specific text, like for example webcopyright.inc
text.
TestVersion
/ TestVersions
, TestPolicy
/ TestPolicies
, TestAddress
/ TestAddresses
, TestBox
/ TestBoxes
.
webcopyright.inc
file. This is to easily customize the copyright text.
%WIKIHOMEURL%
(link when pressing the icon on the upper left corner) and %WIKITOOLNAME%
(the name of the wiki tool Foswiki
).
%PUBURL%
(Public directory URL) and %ATTACHURL%
(URL of topic file attachment).
fixed font text
. Words get showns in fixed font
by enclosing them in "=" equal signs. Example Writing =fixed font= will show up as fixed font
.
%INCLUDE:"filename.ext"%
%TOPIC%
(Topic name), %WEB%
(web name), %SCRIPTURL%
(script URL), %DATE%
(current date), %WIKIWEBMASTER%
(Wiki webmaster address), %WIKIVERSION%
(Wiki version), %USERNAME%
(user name), %WIKIUSERNAME%
(Wiki user name).
PeterThoeny
instead of thoeny
in case the Wiki username exists. Implementation Automatic lookup of Wiki username in topic Main.WikiUsers.
Know.WebSeach
.
The typical TWiki development flow...
To simplify use of internationalised characters within WikiWords and attachment names, Foswiki supports UTF-8 URLs, converting on-the-fly to virtually any character set, including ISO-8859-*, KOI8-R, EUC-JP, and so on.
Support for UTF-8 URL encoding avoids having to configure the browser to turn off this encoding in URLs (the default in Internet Explorer, Opera Browser and some Mozilla Browser URLs) and enables support of browsers where only this mode is supported (e.g. Opera Browser for Symbian smartphones). A non-UTF-8 site character set (e.g. ISO-8859-*) is still used within Foswiki, and in fact pages are stored and viewed entirely in the site character set - the browser dynamically converts URLs from the site character set into UTF-8, and Foswiki converts them back again.
System requirements are updated as follows:The following 'non-ASCII-safe' character encodings are now excluded from use as the site character set, since they interfere with Foswiki markup: ISO-2022-*, HZ-*, Shift-JIS, MS-Kanji, GB2312, GBK, GB18030, Johab and UHC. However, many multi-byte character sets work fine, e.g. EUC-JP, EUC-KR, EUC-TW, and EUC-CN. In addition, UTF-8 can already be used, with some limitations, for East Asian languages where EUC character encodings are not acceptable.
It's now possible to override the site character set defined in the{SiteLocale}
setting in configure - this enables you to have a slightly different spelling of the character set in the server locale (e.g. 'eucjp') and the HTTP header sent to the browser (e.g. 'euc-jp').
UTF-8 URL translation to virtually any character set is supported, but full UTF-8 support (e.g. pages in UTF-8) is not supported yet.
The code automatically detects whether a URL is UTF-8 or not, taking care to avoid over-long and illegal UTF-8 encodings that could introduce security issues (tested against a comprehensive UTF-8 test file, which IE 5.5 fails quite dangerously, and Opera Browser passes). Any non-ASCII URLs that are not valid UTF-8 are then assumed to be directly URL-encoded as a single-byte or multi-byte character set (as now), e.g. EUC-JP.The main point is that you can use Foswiki with international characters in WikiWords without changing your browser setup from the default, and you can also still use Foswiki using non-UTF-8 URLs. This works on any Perl version from 5.005_03 onwards. You can have different users using different URL formats transparently on the same server.
UTF-8 URLs are automatically converted to the current {Site}{Charset}, using modules such as CPAN:Encode if needed.Foswiki generates the whole page in the site charset, e.g. ISO-8859-1 or EUC-JP, but the browser dynamically UTF-8 encodes the attachment's URL when it's used. Since Apache serves attachment downloads without Foswiki being involved, Foswiki's code can't do its UTF-8 decoding trick, so Foswiki URL-encodes such URLs in ISO-8859-1 or whatever when generating the page, to bypass this URL encoding, ensuring that the URLs and filenames seen by Apache remain in the site charset.
Back to topListing of CSS class names emitted from Foswiki core code and standard extensions.
foswiki
- for example: foswikiAlert
, foswikiToc
. This makes it less likely that our CSS classes will get in conflict with other Style Sheets. Remember that CSS class names are case sensitive - Foswiki CSS uses lowercase foswiki
.
A wide range of standard styles are used in the Foswiki core code and topics, and more are used in extensions. The following is an exhaustive list of all styles defined by Foswiki. For the most part, the names are the only documentation of the purpose of the style. For more information on how these styles are used, read the code (sorry!)
.foswikiPage |
The container for the complete page contents, just below the body tag (only used by default templates) |
.foswikiMain |
The container for the main contents, usually including the header (only used by default templates) |
.foswikiTopic |
The container for the topic contents |
.foswikiTable |
Tables, for instance used by TablePlugin |
.foswikiForm |
Container for data form in topic, including header; see also Data Forms below |
.foswikiAttachments |
Container for attachments table, including header |
table#foswikiAttachmentsTable |
Identifier for the attachment table |
.foswikiFormSteps |
Container around a form that contains a number of separate 'steps'; each 'step' in a separate row |
.foswikiFormStep |
Form step row |
.foswikiLast |
Last step (always in combination with foswikiFormStep ); sometimes used as last table row |
.foswikiHorizontalList |
Container around horizontal bullet list (.foswikiHorizontalList ul ) |
li.foswikiLast |
Last element of a horizontal list |
.foswikiBroadcastMessage |
Site-wide message block; contents set in System.DefaultPreferences; custom set in Main.SitePreferences |
.foswikiNotification |
Temporary alert, for instance after user actions; used as wrapper around %FLASHNOTE% |
.foswikiMessage |
Permanent/semi-permanent message. |
.foswikiContentHeader |
Optional container around text placed above topic text |
.foswikiContentFooter |
Optional container around text placed below topic text |
.foswikiFooterNote |
Text below topic text; for instance with parent or "topic moved" message |
#foswikiLogin |
Login box |
#foswikiLogo |
Logo |
.foswikiPreviewArea |
Container around topic preview |
.foswikiTopicActions |
Topic Actions list |
.foswikiTopicInfo |
Topic Info section containing REVINFO |
.foswikiTopicText |
The rendered Topic text |
.foswikiTabs |
Container for tabs (styled bullet list, .foswikiTabs ul ) |
li.foswikiActiveTab |
Active tab |
.foswikiTabContent |
Container for content below tabs |
.foswikiLeft |
Left float |
.foswikiRight |
Right float |
.foswikiClear |
Clear float; usually written as <div class="foswikiClear"></div> |
.foswikiAlert |
Warnings and alert messages; general red text |
.foswikiHelp |
Help text block |
.foswikiGrayText |
Grayed out text; text of less importance |
.foswikiToc |
Table of Contents block |
.foswikiTocTitle |
Title text of Table of Contents |
.foswikiHidden |
Hidden elements |
.foswikiSmall |
Small text |
.foswikiSmallish |
Somewhat less smaller text; inbetween normal and small |
.foswikiLarge |
Large text, for instance for introduction paragraphs |
.foswikiNoBreak |
Causes whitespace not to create a linebreak; for instance with the dates in the attachment table |
.foswikiJs |
Added to the html tag if the browser has javascript enabled. |
.foswikiMakeVisible |
For elements that should only be visible with JavaScript on: default set to hidden, is made visible by JavaScript |
.foswikiMakeVisibleInline |
DEPRECATED as of Foswiki 1.1.0: use span.foswikiMakeVisible . For span elements that should only be visible with JavaScript on: default set to hidden, is made visible by JavaScript |
.foswikiMakeVisibleBlock |
DEPRECATED as of Foswiki 1.1.0: use div.foswikiMakeVisible . For div elements that should only be visible with JavaScript on: default set to hidden, is made visible by JavaScript |
.foswikiMakeHidden |
For elements that should be hidden with JavaScript on: no default style, is made hidden by JavaScript |
.foswikiImage |
Holder form images; for instance to create a border around an <img> element |
.foswikiUserName |
Container around user name links (not used much yet) |
.foswikiCurrentWebHomeLink |
Used by Render.pm if a link points to the web's home topic |
.foswikiCurrentTopicLink |
Used by Render.pm if a link points to the current topic |
.foswikiEmulatedLink |
Used in the preview screen to make fake links appear as links |
.foswikiLinkLabel |
Text part of a link; used if a link contains more than a text label, for instance an icon |
.foswikiUnvisited |
Makes link appear as not visited (ignores the visited link state) |
.foswikiRequiresChangePermission |
To mark links to actions that the user does not have permissions for (for instance to hide action links) |
.foswikiFirstCol |
Leftmost column |
.foswikiLastCol |
Rightmost column |
.foswikiSortedCol |
Sorted column |
.foswikiSortedAscendingCol |
Sorted column, ascending |
.foswikiSortedDescendingCol |
Sorted column, descending |
.foswikiTopRow |
First row in search results; also used for styling first table rows (td.foswikiTopRow ) |
.foswikiTableEven |
Even numbered rows |
.foswikiTableOdd |
Odd numbered rows |
.foswikiTableCol + column number |
Unique column identifier, for instance: foswikiTableCol0 |
.foswikiTableRow + type + row number |
Unique row identifier, for instance: foswikiTableRowdataBg0 |
.tableSortIcon |
Holder (span ) for the table column sort icon |
.foswikiForm |
Container for data form in topic, including header |
.foswikiFormHolder |
Outer container for the data form in edit; contains the textarea width |
.foswikiFormTable |
Table container for (editable) form elements |
.foswikiFormTableHRow |
Table container for (editable) form elements |
.foswikiFormTableRow |
Table container for form elements |
.foswikiFormTableFooter |
Table container for form elements |
.foswikiEditForm |
Edit state of data form |
.foswikiMandatory |
Indication of mandatory field |
.foswikiAddFormButton |
"Add form" button on edit screen |
.foswikiPageForm |
Container for the form on the page |
.foswikiButton |
Normal button |
.foswikiButtonDisabled |
Disabled normal button |
.foswikiSubmit |
Submit button |
.foswikiSubmitDisabled |
Disabled submit button |
.foswikiButtonCancel |
Cancel button |
.foswikiInputField |
Text input field |
.foswikiInputFieldDisabled |
Disabled text input field |
.foswikiInputFieldReadOnly |
Read-only text input field |
.foswikiInputFieldFocus |
Text input field with insert focus; for Internet Explorer that does not recognize the :focus pseudo class selector |
.foswikiInputFieldBeforeFocus |
The color of the input text field when not clicked in the field; usually a grayed text color with a hint, for instance "Search" |
.foswikiRadioButton |
Radio button |
.foswikiCheckbox |
Checkbox |
.foswikiSelect |
Select dropdown menu |
.foswikiSelectDisabled |
Disabled dropdown menu |
.foswikiOption |
Dropdown option element |
.foswikiTextarea |
Textarea |
.foswikiTextareaRawView |
Raw topic view textarea |
.foswikiSearchResults |
List of search results |
.foswikiSearchResult |
Search result with title, summary, author and date |
.foswikiSearchResultsHeader |
Search results header with search string, number of hits |
.foswikiSearchResultsPager |
Search results pagination |
.foswikiSummary |
Summary of search results |
.foswikiSummary em |
Highlighted search term in summary |
.foswikiNew |
Identifier of new topics: topics without a revision history |
.foswikiTopRow |
First row in search results; also used for styling first table rows (td.foswikiTopRow ) |
.foswikiBottomRow |
Last row in search results |
.foswikiSRRev |
Revision number in search results listing |
.foswikiSRAuthor |
Author in search results listing |
.foswikiSearchResultCount |
Search results count |
#foswikiNumberOfResultsContainer |
See Behaviour classes below |
.foswikiWebSearchForm |
Container around the search form |
.foswikiDiffTable |
Revision table |
.foswikiMarker |
Demarkation of part |
.foswikiDiffDeletedMarker |
Demarkation of part that has been deleted |
.foswikiDiffDeletedText |
Demarkation of part that has been deleted |
.foswikiDiffAddedHeader |
Demarkation of part that has been added |
.foswikiDiffAddedMarker |
Demarkation of part that has been added |
.foswikiDiffAddedText |
Demarkation of part that has been added |
.foswikiDiffChangedHeader |
Demarkation of part that has been changed |
.foswikiDiffChangedText |
Demarkation of part that has been changed |
.foswikiDiffUnchangedMarker |
Demarkation of part that has been unchanged |
.foswikiDiffUnchangedText |
Demarkation of part that has been unchanged |
.foswikiDiffUnchangedTextContents |
Demarkation of part that has been unchanged |
.foswikiDiffLineNumberHeader |
|
.foswikiDiffDebug |
|
.foswikiDiffDebugRight |
|
.foswikiDiffDebugLeft |
.foswikiFocus |
Behaviour marker so a field can be given input focus. As of Foswiki 1.2 this also requires to add %JQREQUIRE{"focus"}% to the page. |
.foswikiChangeFormButton |
"Replace form" button; clicking calls JavaScript function suppressSaveValidation |
#foswikiNumberOfResultsContainer |
Container identifier to write the number of search results into |
input[type="text"].foswikiDefaultText |
Behaviour marker so the field will contain default text that disappears when clicked into. The visual style is set with foswikiInputFieldBeforeFocus and foswikiInputFieldFocus . The default text is provided by the title attribute of the form field. |
.foswikiPopUp |
Behaviour marker so a popup-window can be invoked. DEPRECATED as of Foswiki 1.1: use %POPUPWINDOW{"topic"}% instead. |
.foswikiFocus
.foswikiWebIndent |
Used by %WEBLIST% to indent sub-web names |
.foswikiAccessKey |
Access key demarkation |
.foswikiSeparator |
Separator element between sequential elements; usually a pipe character |
.foswikiActionFormStepSign |
Indicator for each form step (see foswikiFormStep ) |
.foswikiEditboxStyleMono |
Gives the edit textarea monospaced font (not used with WYSWIWYG) |
.foswikiEditboxStyleProportional |
Gives the edit textarea proportional font (not used with WYSWIWYG) |
p.foswikiAllowNonWikiWord |
Message "Allow non WikiWord for the new topic name" |
.foswikiIcon |
Span around icon image |